1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44 #include <algorithm> 45 #include <cstring> 46 #include <functional> 47 using namespace clang; 48 using namespace sema; 49 50 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57 } 58 59 namespace { 60 61 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81 }; 82 83 } 84 85 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119 } 120 121 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122 /// return the declaration of that type. 123 /// 124 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129 /// 130 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131 /// and then return NULL. 132 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347 } 348 349 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 353 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 364 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 365 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 366 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 367 } 368 } 369 370 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 371 } 372 373 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 374 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 375 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 376 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 377 /// @code 378 /// template<class T> class A { 379 /// public: 380 /// typedef int TYPE; 381 /// }; 382 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 383 /// public: 384 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 385 /// }; 386 /// @endcode 387 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 388 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 389 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 390 391 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 392 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 393 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 395 return true; 396 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 397 } 398 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 399 } 400 401 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 402 SourceLocation IILoc, 403 Scope *S, 404 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 405 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 406 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 407 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 408 409 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 410 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 411 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 412 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 413 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 414 Validator)) { 415 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 416 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 417 418 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 419 // We corrected to a keyword. 420 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 421 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 422 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 423 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 424 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 425 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 426 II = NewII; 427 } else { 428 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 429 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 430 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 431 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 432 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 433 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 434 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 435 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 436 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 437 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 438 CorrectedStr); 439 else 440 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 441 442 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 443 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 444 445 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 446 false, false, ParsedType(), 447 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 448 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 449 } 450 return true; 451 } 452 453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 454 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 455 UnqualifiedId Name; 456 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 457 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 458 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 459 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 460 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 461 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 462 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 463 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 464 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 465 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 466 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 467 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 468 } 469 return true; 470 } 471 } 472 473 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 474 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 475 476 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 478 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 479 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 480 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 481 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 482 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 483 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 484 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 485 486 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 487 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 488 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 489 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 490 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 491 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 492 } else { 493 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 494 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 495 } 496 497 return true; 498 } 499 500 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 501 /// or 502 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 503 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 504 NextToken.is(tok::less); 505 506 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 507 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 508 return true; 509 510 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 511 return true; 512 } 513 514 return false; 515 } 516 517 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 518 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 519 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 520 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 521 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 522 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 523 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 524 const char *TagName = 0; 525 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 526 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 527 case TTK_Class: 528 TagName = "class"; 529 FixItTagName = "class "; 530 break; 531 532 case TTK_Enum: 533 TagName = "enum"; 534 FixItTagName = "enum "; 535 break; 536 537 case TTK_Struct: 538 TagName = "struct"; 539 FixItTagName = "struct "; 540 break; 541 542 case TTK_Interface: 543 TagName = "__interface"; 544 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 545 break; 546 547 case TTK_Union: 548 TagName = "union"; 549 FixItTagName = "union "; 550 break; 551 } 552 553 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 554 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 556 557 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 558 I != IEnd; ++I) 559 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 560 << Name << TagName; 561 562 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 563 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 564 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 565 return true; 566 } 567 568 return false; 569 } 570 571 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 572 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 573 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 574 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 575 576 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 577 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 578 579 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 580 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 581 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 582 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 583 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 584 } 585 586 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 587 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 588 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 589 SourceLocation NameLoc, 590 const Token &NextToken, 591 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 592 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 594 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 595 596 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 597 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 598 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 599 600 } 601 602 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 603 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 604 605 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 606 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 607 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 608 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 609 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 610 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 611 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 612 return E; 613 } 614 615 bool SecondTry = false; 616 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 617 618 Corrected: 619 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 620 case LookupResult::NotFound: 621 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 622 // call. 623 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 624 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 625 // FIXME: Reference? 626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 627 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 628 629 // C90 6.3.2.2: 630 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 631 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 632 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 633 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 634 // the function call, the declaration 635 // 636 // extern int identifier (); 637 // 638 // appeared. 639 // 640 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 641 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 642 Result.addDecl(D); 643 Result.resolveKind(); 644 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 645 } 646 } 647 648 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 649 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 650 // "struct", or "union". 651 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 652 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 653 break; 654 } 655 656 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 657 // close to this name. 658 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 659 SecondTry = true; 660 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 661 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 662 &SS, *CCC)) { 663 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 664 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 665 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 666 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 667 668 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 669 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 670 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 673 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 674 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 675 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 676 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 677 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 678 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 679 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 680 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 681 } 682 683 if (SS.isEmpty()) 684 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 685 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 686 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 687 else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 688 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 689 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 690 << SS.getRange() 691 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 692 CorrectedStr); 693 694 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 695 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 696 697 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 698 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 699 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 700 701 // Also update the LookupResult... 702 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 703 Result.clear(); 704 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 705 if (FirstDecl) { 706 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 707 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 708 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 709 } 710 711 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 712 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 713 // reference the ivar. 714 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 715 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 716 Result.clear(); 717 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 718 return E; 719 } 720 721 goto Corrected; 722 } 723 } 724 725 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 726 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 727 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 728 729 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 730 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 731 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 732 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 733 734 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 735 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 736 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 737 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 738 // qualified by the keyword typename. 739 // 740 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 741 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 742 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 743 // keyword here. 744 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 745 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 746 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 747 } 748 749 case LookupResult::Found: 750 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 751 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 752 break; 753 754 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 756 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 757 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 758 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 759 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 760 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 761 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 762 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 763 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 764 // ambiguous. 765 // 766 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 767 // so try again after filtering out template names. 768 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 769 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 770 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 771 break; 772 } 773 } 774 775 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 776 return NameClassification::Error(); 777 } 778 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 781 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 782 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 783 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 784 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 785 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 786 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 787 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 788 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 789 790 if (!Result.empty()) { 791 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 792 TemplateName Template; 793 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 794 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 795 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 796 Result.end()); 797 } else { 798 TemplateDecl *TD 799 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 800 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 801 802 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 803 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 804 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 805 TD); 806 else 807 Template = TemplateName(TD); 808 } 809 810 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 811 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 812 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 813 // to based on which function we selected. 814 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 815 816 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 817 } 818 819 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 820 } 821 } 822 823 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 824 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 825 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 826 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 827 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 828 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 829 return ParsedType::make(T); 830 } 831 832 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 833 if (!Class) { 834 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 835 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 836 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 837 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 838 } 839 840 if (Class) { 841 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 842 843 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 844 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 845 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 846 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 847 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 848 } 849 850 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 851 return ParsedType::make(T); 852 } 853 854 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 855 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 856 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 857 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 858 859 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 860 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 861 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 862 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 863 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 864 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 865 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 866 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 867 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 868 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 869 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 870 return ParsedType::make(T); 871 } 872 873 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 874 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 875 876 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 877 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 878 } 879 880 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 881 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 882 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 883 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 884 885 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 886 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 887 // the context we'll need to return to. 888 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 889 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 890 891 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 892 // lexical context. 893 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 894 return DC; 895 896 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 897 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 898 // class is the context we need to return to. 899 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 900 DC = RD; 901 902 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 903 // declared in. 904 return DC; 905 } 906 907 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 908 } 909 910 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 911 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 912 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 913 CurContext = DC; 914 S->setEntity(DC); 915 } 916 917 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 918 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 919 920 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 921 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 922 } 923 924 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 925 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 926 /// 927 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 928 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 929 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 930 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 931 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 932 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 933 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 934 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 935 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 936 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 937 // namespace. 938 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 939 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 940 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 941 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 942 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 943 944 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 945 946 #ifndef NDEBUG 947 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 948 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 949 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 950 #endif 951 952 CurContext = DC; 953 S->setEntity(DC); 954 } 955 956 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 957 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 958 959 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 960 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 961 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 962 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 963 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 964 965 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 966 // disappear. 967 } 968 969 970 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 971 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 972 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 973 // We assume that the caller has already called 974 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 975 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 976 } 977 if (!FD) 978 return; 979 980 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 981 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 982 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 983 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 984 CurContext = FD; 985 S->setEntity(CurContext); 986 987 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 988 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 989 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 990 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 991 S->AddDecl(Param); 992 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 993 } 994 } 995 } 996 997 998 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 999 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1000 // rather than the top-level class. 1001 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1002 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1003 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1004 } 1005 1006 1007 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1008 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1009 /// 1010 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1011 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1012 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1013 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1014 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1015 /// attribute. 1016 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1017 ASTContext &Context) { 1018 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1019 return true; 1020 1021 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1022 return true; 1023 1024 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1025 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1026 } 1027 1028 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1029 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1030 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1031 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1032 // scope. 1033 while (S->getEntity() && 1034 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1035 S = S->getParent(); 1036 1037 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1038 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1039 // into any context. 1040 if (AddToContext) 1041 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1042 1043 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1044 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1045 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1046 D->isOutOfLine() && 1047 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1048 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1049 return; 1050 1051 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1052 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1053 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1054 return; 1055 1056 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1057 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1058 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1059 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1060 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1061 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1062 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1063 1064 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1065 break; 1066 } 1067 } 1068 1069 S->AddDecl(D); 1070 1071 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1072 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1073 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1074 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1075 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1076 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1077 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1078 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1079 continue; 1080 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1081 break; 1082 } 1083 1084 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1085 } else { 1086 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1087 } 1088 } 1089 1090 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1091 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1092 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1093 } 1094 1095 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1096 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1097 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1098 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1099 } 1100 1101 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1102 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1103 do { 1104 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1105 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1106 return S; 1107 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1108 1109 return 0; 1110 } 1111 1112 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1113 DeclContext*, 1114 ASTContext&); 1115 1116 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1117 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1118 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1119 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1120 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1121 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1122 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1123 while (F.hasNext()) { 1124 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1125 1126 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1127 continue; 1128 1129 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1130 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1131 continue; 1132 1133 F.erase(); 1134 } 1135 1136 F.done(); 1137 } 1138 1139 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1140 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1141 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1142 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1143 } 1144 1145 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1146 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1147 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1148 while (F.hasNext()) 1149 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1150 F.erase(); 1151 1152 F.done(); 1153 } 1154 1155 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1156 /// @code 1157 /// class S { 1158 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1159 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1160 /// }; 1161 /// @endcode 1162 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1163 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1164 // the decl here. 1165 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1166 return false; 1167 1168 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1169 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1170 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1171 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1172 return false; 1173 } 1174 1175 // We need this to handle 1176 // 1177 // typedef struct { 1178 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1179 // } A; 1180 // 1181 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1182 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1183 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know untill we get to the end 1184 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non external linkage. 1185 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1186 // not. 1187 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1188 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1189 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1190 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1191 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1192 return true; 1193 } 1194 DC = DC->getParent(); 1195 } 1196 1197 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1198 } 1199 1200 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1201 assert(D); 1202 1203 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1204 return false; 1205 1206 // Ignore class templates. 1207 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1208 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1209 return false; 1210 1211 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1212 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1213 return false; 1214 1215 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1216 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1217 return false; 1218 } else { 1219 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1220 // Make sure we get the storage class from the canonical declaration, 1221 // since otherwise we will get spurious warnings on specialized 1222 // static template functions. 1223 if (FD->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1224 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1225 return false; 1226 } 1227 1228 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1229 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1230 return false; 1231 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1232 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1233 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1234 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1235 // intended to be used. 1236 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1237 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1238 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1239 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1240 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1241 return false; 1242 1243 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1244 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1245 return false; 1246 1247 } else { 1248 return false; 1249 } 1250 1251 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1252 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1253 } 1254 1255 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1256 if (!D) 1257 return; 1258 1259 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1260 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1261 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1262 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1263 } 1264 1265 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1266 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1267 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1268 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1269 } 1270 1271 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1272 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1273 } 1274 1275 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1276 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1277 return false; 1278 1279 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1280 return false; 1281 1282 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1283 return true; 1284 1285 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1286 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1287 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1288 return false; 1289 1290 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1291 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1292 1293 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1294 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1295 1296 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1297 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1298 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1299 return false; 1300 } 1301 1302 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1303 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1304 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1305 return false; 1306 1307 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1308 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1309 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1310 return false; 1311 1312 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1313 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1314 return false; 1315 1316 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1317 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1318 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1319 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1320 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1321 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1322 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1323 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1324 return false; 1325 } 1326 } 1327 } 1328 } 1329 1330 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1331 } 1332 1333 return true; 1334 } 1335 1336 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1337 FixItHint &Hint) { 1338 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1339 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1340 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1341 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1342 return; 1343 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1344 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1345 } 1346 return; 1347 } 1348 1349 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1350 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1351 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1352 FixItHint Hint; 1353 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1354 return; 1355 1356 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1357 1358 unsigned DiagID; 1359 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1360 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1361 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1362 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1363 else 1364 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1365 1366 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1367 } 1368 1369 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1370 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1371 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1372 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1373 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1374 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1375 } 1376 1377 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1378 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1379 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1380 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1381 1382 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1383 I != E; ++I) { 1384 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1385 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1386 1387 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1388 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1389 1390 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1391 1392 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1393 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) 1394 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1395 1396 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1397 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1398 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1399 1400 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1401 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1402 } 1403 } 1404 1405 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1406 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1407 } 1408 1409 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1410 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1411 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1412 } 1413 1414 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1415 /// 1416 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1417 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1418 /// to the fixed name. 1419 /// 1420 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1421 /// 1422 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1423 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1424 /// 1425 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1426 /// class could not be found. 1427 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1428 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1429 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1430 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1431 // creation from this context. 1432 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1433 1434 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1435 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1436 // find an Objective-C class name. 1437 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1438 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1439 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1440 Validator)) { 1441 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1442 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1443 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1444 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1445 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1446 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1447 1448 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1449 } 1450 } 1451 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1452 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1453 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1454 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1455 return Def; 1456 } 1457 1458 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1459 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1460 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1461 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1462 /// ill-formed in C++: 1463 /// @code 1464 /// struct S6 { 1465 /// enum { BAR } e; 1466 /// }; 1467 /// 1468 /// void test_S6() { 1469 /// struct S6 a; 1470 /// a.e = BAR; 1471 /// } 1472 /// @endcode 1473 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1474 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1475 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1476 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1477 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1478 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1479 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1480 /// contain non-field names. 1481 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1482 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1483 (S->getEntity() && 1484 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1485 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1486 S = S->getParent(); 1487 return S; 1488 } 1489 1490 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1491 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1492 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1493 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1494 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1495 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1496 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1497 return; 1498 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1499 1500 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1501 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1502 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1503 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1504 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1505 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1506 } 1507 1508 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1509 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1510 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1511 /// built-in. 1512 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1513 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1514 SourceLocation Loc) { 1515 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1516 1517 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1518 1519 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1520 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1521 switch (Error) { 1522 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1523 // Okay 1524 break; 1525 1526 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1527 if (ForRedeclaration) 1528 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1529 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1530 return 0; 1531 1532 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1533 if (ForRedeclaration) 1534 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1535 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1536 return 0; 1537 1538 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1539 if (ForRedeclaration) 1540 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1541 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1542 return 0; 1543 } 1544 1545 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1546 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1547 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1548 << R; 1549 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1550 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1551 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1552 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1553 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1554 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1555 } 1556 1557 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1558 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1559 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1560 SC_Extern, 1561 false, 1562 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1563 New->setImplicit(); 1564 1565 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1566 // FunctionDecl. 1567 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1568 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1569 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1570 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1571 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1572 SourceLocation(), 0, 1573 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1574 SC_None, 0); 1575 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1576 Params.push_back(parm); 1577 } 1578 New->setParams(Params); 1579 } 1580 1581 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1582 1583 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1584 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1585 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1586 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1587 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1588 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1589 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1590 CurContext = SavedContext; 1591 return New; 1592 } 1593 1594 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1595 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1596 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1597 /// entity. 1598 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1599 NamedDecl *decl, 1600 LookupResult &previous){ 1601 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1602 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1603 return; 1604 1605 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1606 if (previous.empty()) 1607 return; 1608 1609 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1610 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1611 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1612 1613 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1614 if (!old->isHidden()) 1615 continue; 1616 1617 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1618 filter.erase(); 1619 } 1620 1621 filter.done(); 1622 } 1623 1624 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1625 QualType OldType; 1626 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1627 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1628 else 1629 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1630 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1631 1632 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1633 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1634 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1635 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1636 << Kind << NewType; 1637 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1638 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1639 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1640 return true; 1641 } 1642 1643 if (OldType != NewType && 1644 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1645 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1646 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1647 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1648 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1649 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1650 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1651 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1652 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1653 return true; 1654 } 1655 return false; 1656 } 1657 1658 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1659 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1660 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1661 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1662 /// 1663 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1664 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1665 // merging checks. 1666 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1667 1668 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1669 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1670 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1671 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1672 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1673 default: break; 1674 case 2: 1675 { 1676 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1677 break; 1678 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1679 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1680 break; 1681 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1682 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1683 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1684 break; 1685 } 1686 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1687 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1688 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1689 return; 1690 } 1691 case 5: 1692 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1693 break; 1694 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1695 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1696 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1697 return; 1698 case 3: 1699 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1700 break; 1701 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1702 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1703 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1704 return; 1705 } 1706 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1707 } 1708 1709 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1710 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1711 if (!Old) { 1712 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1713 << New->getDeclName(); 1714 1715 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1716 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1717 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1718 1719 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1720 } 1721 1722 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1723 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1724 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1725 1726 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1727 // with any extensions enabled. 1728 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1729 return; 1730 1731 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1732 // declaration was a typedef. 1733 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1734 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1735 1736 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1737 return; 1738 1739 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1740 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1741 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1742 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1743 // to the type to which it already refers. 1744 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1745 return; 1746 1747 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1748 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1749 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1750 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1751 // 1752 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1753 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1754 // 1755 // struct S { 1756 // typedef struct A { } A; 1757 // }; 1758 // 1759 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1760 // allow the above but disallow 1761 // 1762 // struct S { 1763 // typedef int I; 1764 // typedef int I; 1765 // }; 1766 // 1767 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1768 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1769 return; 1770 1771 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1772 << New->getDeclName(); 1773 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1774 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1775 } 1776 1777 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1778 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1779 return; 1780 1781 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1782 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1783 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1784 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1785 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1786 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1787 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1788 return; 1789 1790 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1791 << New->getDeclName(); 1792 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1793 return; 1794 } 1795 1796 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1797 /// attribute. 1798 static bool 1799 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1800 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1801 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1802 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1803 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1804 if (AA) 1805 return false; 1806 1807 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1808 switch (A->getKind()) { 1809 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1810 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1811 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1812 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1813 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1814 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1815 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1816 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1817 case attr::GuardedBy: 1818 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1819 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1820 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1821 return false; 1822 default: 1823 ; 1824 } 1825 1826 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1827 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1828 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1829 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1830 if (Ann) { 1831 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1832 return true; 1833 continue; 1834 } 1835 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1836 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1837 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1838 return true; 1839 } 1840 1841 return false; 1842 } 1843 1844 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1845 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1846 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1847 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1848 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1849 return true; 1850 } 1851 1852 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1853 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1854 /// 1855 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1856 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1857 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1858 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1859 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0; 1860 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0; 1861 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1862 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1863 I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1864 E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1865 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1866 // in a case like: 1867 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1868 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1869 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1870 // definition in such a case. 1871 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1872 return false; 1873 1874 if (I->isAlignas()) 1875 OldAlignasAttr = *I; 1876 1877 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1878 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1879 OldAlign = Align; 1880 OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I; 1881 } 1882 } 1883 1884 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 1885 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0; 1886 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 1887 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1888 I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1889 E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1890 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1891 return false; 1892 1893 if (I->isAlignas()) 1894 NewAlignasAttr = *I; 1895 1896 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1897 if (Align > NewAlign) 1898 NewAlign = Align; 1899 } 1900 1901 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1902 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 1903 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 1904 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 1905 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 1906 1907 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 1908 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 1909 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 1910 QualType Ty; 1911 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 1912 Ty = VD->getType(); 1913 else 1914 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 1915 1916 if (OldAlign == 0) 1917 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1918 if (NewAlign == 0) 1919 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1920 } 1921 1922 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1923 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 1924 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 1925 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 1926 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1927 } 1928 } 1929 1930 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 1931 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 1932 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 1933 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 1934 // equivalent alignment. 1935 // C11 6.7.5/7: 1936 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 1937 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 1938 // have no alignment specifier. 1939 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 1940 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1941 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 1942 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1943 } 1944 1945 bool AnyAdded = false; 1946 1947 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 1948 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 1949 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 1950 Clone->setInherited(true); 1951 New->addAttr(Clone); 1952 AnyAdded = true; 1953 } 1954 1955 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 1956 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 1957 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 1958 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 1959 Clone->setInherited(true); 1960 New->addAttr(Clone); 1961 AnyAdded = true; 1962 } 1963 1964 return AnyAdded; 1965 } 1966 1967 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1968 bool Override) { 1969 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1970 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 1971 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1972 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1973 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1974 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1975 AA->getMessage(), Override, 1976 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1977 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1978 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1979 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1980 else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1981 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1982 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1983 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1984 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 1985 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1986 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1987 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 1988 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1989 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1990 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1991 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 1992 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1993 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1994 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 1995 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1996 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 1997 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 1998 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 1999 NewAttr = 0; 2000 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2001 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2002 2003 if (NewAttr) { 2004 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2005 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2006 return true; 2007 } 2008 2009 return false; 2010 } 2011 2012 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2013 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2014 return TD->getDefinition(); 2015 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2016 return VD->getDefinition(); 2017 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2018 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2019 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 2020 return Def; 2021 } 2022 return NULL; 2023 } 2024 2025 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2026 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 2027 I != E; ++I) { 2028 Attr *Attribute = *I; 2029 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2030 return true; 2031 } 2032 return false; 2033 } 2034 2035 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2036 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2037 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2038 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2039 return; 2040 2041 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2042 if (!Def || Def == New) 2043 return; 2044 2045 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2046 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2047 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2048 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2049 ++I; 2050 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2051 } 2052 2053 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2054 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2055 ++I; 2056 continue; 2057 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2058 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2059 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2060 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2061 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2062 // equivalent alignment. 2063 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2064 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2065 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2066 // have no alignment specifier. 2067 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2068 << AA->isC11(); 2069 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2070 << AA->isC11(); 2071 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2072 --E; 2073 continue; 2074 } 2075 } 2076 2077 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2078 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2079 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2080 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2081 --E; 2082 } 2083 } 2084 2085 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2086 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2087 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2088 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2089 return; 2090 2091 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2092 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2093 2094 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2095 return; 2096 2097 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2098 2099 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2100 // we process them. 2101 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2102 2103 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 2104 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 2105 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 2106 i != e; ++i) { 2107 bool Override = false; 2108 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2109 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 2110 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 2111 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) { 2112 switch (AMK) { 2113 case AMK_None: 2114 continue; 2115 2116 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2117 break; 2118 2119 case AMK_Override: 2120 Override = true; 2121 break; 2122 } 2123 } 2124 2125 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override)) 2126 foundAny = true; 2127 } 2128 2129 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2130 foundAny = true; 2131 2132 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2133 } 2134 2135 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2136 /// to the new one. 2137 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2138 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2139 Sema &S) { 2140 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2141 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2142 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2143 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2144 if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2145 !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2146 S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2147 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2148 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2149 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2150 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2151 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDeclaration(); 2152 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2153 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2154 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2155 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2156 } 2157 2158 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2159 return; 2160 2161 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2162 2163 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2164 // done before we process them. 2165 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2166 2167 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 2168 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 2169 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 2170 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 2171 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2172 cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context)); 2173 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2174 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2175 foundAny = true; 2176 } 2177 } 2178 2179 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2180 } 2181 2182 namespace { 2183 2184 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2185 /// C. 2186 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2187 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2188 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2189 QualType PromotedType; 2190 }; 2191 2192 } 2193 2194 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2195 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2196 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2197 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2198 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2199 2200 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2201 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2202 2203 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2204 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2205 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2206 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2207 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2208 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2209 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2210 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2211 } 2212 2213 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2214 } 2215 2216 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2217 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2218 /// GNU89 mode. 2219 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2220 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2221 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2222 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2223 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2224 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2225 } 2226 2227 /// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 2228 /// declaration? 2229 static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 2230 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 2231 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 2232 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 2233 } else { 2234 // Free C function or a static method. 2235 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 2236 } 2237 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 2238 } 2239 2240 template <typename T> 2241 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2242 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2243 if (DC->isRecord()) 2244 return false; 2245 2246 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2247 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2248 return true; 2249 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2250 return true; 2251 return false; 2252 } 2253 2254 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2255 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2256 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2257 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2258 /// 2259 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2260 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2261 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2262 /// merged with. 2263 /// 2264 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2265 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 2266 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2267 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 2268 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 2269 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 2270 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 2271 else 2272 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 2273 if (!Old) { 2274 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2275 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2276 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2277 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2278 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2279 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2280 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2281 return true; 2282 } 2283 2284 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2285 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2286 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2287 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2288 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2289 return true; 2290 } 2291 2292 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2293 << New->getDeclName(); 2294 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2295 return true; 2296 } 2297 2298 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2299 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2300 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2301 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2302 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2303 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2304 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2305 else 2306 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2307 2308 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2309 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2310 2311 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2312 // is an extern inline function. 2313 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2314 // storage classes. 2315 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2316 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2317 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2318 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2319 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2320 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2321 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2322 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2323 } else { 2324 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2325 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2326 return true; 2327 } 2328 } 2329 2330 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2331 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2332 // calling convention of the first. 2333 // 2334 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2335 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2336 // 2337 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2338 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2339 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2340 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2341 // because it is the default calling convention. 2342 // 2343 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2344 // other tests to run. 2345 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2346 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2347 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2348 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2349 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2350 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2351 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2352 2353 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2354 // there but not here. 2355 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2356 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2357 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2358 2359 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2360 // effectively the same as the explict one. Only Old decl contains correct 2361 // information about storage class of CXXMethod. 2362 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2363 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), Old)) { 2364 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2365 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2366 2367 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2368 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2369 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2370 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2371 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2372 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2373 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2374 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2375 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2376 return true; 2377 } 2378 2379 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2380 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2381 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2382 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2383 } 2384 2385 // Merge regparm attribute. 2386 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2387 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2388 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2389 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2390 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2391 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2392 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2393 return true; 2394 } 2395 2396 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2397 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2398 } 2399 2400 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2401 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2402 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2403 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2404 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2405 return true; 2406 } 2407 2408 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2409 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2410 } 2411 2412 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2413 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2414 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2415 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2416 } 2417 2418 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2419 // UndefinedButUsed. 2420 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2421 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2422 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2423 Old->isUsed(false) && 2424 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2425 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2426 SourceLocation())); 2427 2428 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2429 // about it. 2430 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2431 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2432 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2433 } 2434 2435 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2436 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2437 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2438 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2439 // cannot be overloaded. 2440 2441 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2442 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p??: 2443 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2444 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2445 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2446 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2447 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2448 : OldType)->getResultType(); 2449 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2450 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2451 : NewType)->getResultType(); 2452 QualType ResQT; 2453 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType)) { 2454 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2455 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2456 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2457 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2458 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2459 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2460 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2461 else 2462 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2463 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2464 return true; 2465 } 2466 else 2467 NewQType = ResQT; 2468 } 2469 2470 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2471 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2472 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2473 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2474 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2475 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getResultType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2476 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2477 New->setType(SubstAutoType(New->getType(), OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2478 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2479 SubstAutoType(NewQType, OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2480 } 2481 } 2482 2483 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2484 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2485 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2486 // Preserve triviality. 2487 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2488 2489 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2490 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2491 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2492 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2493 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2494 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2495 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2496 2497 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2498 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2499 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2500 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2501 // is a static member function declaration. 2502 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2503 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2504 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2505 return true; 2506 } 2507 2508 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2509 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2510 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2511 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2512 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2513 unsigned NewDiag; 2514 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2515 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2516 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2517 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2518 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2519 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2520 else 2521 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2522 2523 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2524 } else { 2525 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2526 << New << New->getType(); 2527 } 2528 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2529 2530 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2531 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2532 // 2533 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2534 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2535 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2536 if (isFriend) { 2537 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2538 } else { 2539 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2540 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2541 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2542 return true; 2543 } 2544 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2545 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2546 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2547 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2548 return true; 2549 } 2550 } 2551 2552 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2553 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2554 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2555 // attribute. 2556 if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() && 2557 !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2558 Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(), 2559 diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2560 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2561 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2562 } 2563 2564 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2565 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2566 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2567 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2568 if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2569 !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2570 Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2571 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2572 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2573 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2574 } 2575 2576 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2577 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2578 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2579 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2580 2581 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2582 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2583 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2584 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2585 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2586 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2587 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2588 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2589 } 2590 2591 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2592 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2593 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2594 return true; 2595 } 2596 2597 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2598 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2599 2600 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2601 } 2602 2603 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2604 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2605 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2606 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2607 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2608 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2609 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2610 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2611 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2612 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2613 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2614 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2615 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2616 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2617 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2618 ParamTypes, 2619 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2620 New->setType(NewQType); 2621 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2622 2623 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2624 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2625 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2626 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2627 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2628 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2629 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2630 SourceLocation(), 2631 SourceLocation(), 0, 2632 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2633 SC_None, 2634 0); 2635 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2636 Param->setImplicit(); 2637 Params.push_back(Param); 2638 } 2639 2640 New->setParams(Params); 2641 } 2642 2643 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2644 } 2645 2646 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2647 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2648 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2649 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2650 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2651 // the prototype. 2652 // 2653 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2654 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2655 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2656 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2657 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2658 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2659 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2660 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2661 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2662 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2663 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2664 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2665 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2666 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2667 2668 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2669 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2670 NewProto->getResultType()); 2671 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2672 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2673 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2674 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2675 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2676 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2677 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2678 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2679 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2680 NewParm->getType(), 2681 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2682 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2683 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2684 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2685 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2686 } else 2687 LooseCompatible = false; 2688 } 2689 2690 if (LooseCompatible) { 2691 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2692 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2693 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2694 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2695 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2696 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2697 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2698 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2699 } 2700 2701 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2702 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2703 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2704 } 2705 2706 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2707 } 2708 2709 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2710 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2711 2712 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2713 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2714 unsigned BuiltinID; 2715 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2716 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2717 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2718 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2719 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2720 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2721 << Old << Old->getType(); 2722 2723 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2724 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2725 // 2726 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2727 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2728 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2729 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2730 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2731 if (!New->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2732 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2733 2734 return false; 2735 } 2736 2737 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2738 } 2739 2740 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2741 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2742 return true; 2743 } 2744 2745 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2746 /// known to be compatible. 2747 /// 2748 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2749 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2750 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2751 /// redeclaration of Old. 2752 /// 2753 /// \returns false 2754 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2755 Scope *S) { 2756 // Merge the attributes 2757 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2758 2759 // Merge "pure" flag. 2760 if (Old->isPure()) 2761 New->setPure(); 2762 2763 // Merge "used" flag. 2764 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2765 New->setUsed(); 2766 2767 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2768 // declarations. 2769 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2770 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2771 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2772 *this); 2773 2774 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2775 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2776 2777 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2778 // and argument types. 2779 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2780 if (!Merged.isNull()) 2781 New->setType(Merged); 2782 2783 return false; 2784 } 2785 2786 2787 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2788 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2789 2790 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2791 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 2792 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 2793 : AMK_Override; 2794 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 2795 2796 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2797 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2798 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2799 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2800 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2801 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2802 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2803 2804 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2805 } 2806 2807 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2808 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2809 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2810 /// 2811 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2812 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2813 /// is attached. 2814 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldWasHidden) { 2815 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2816 return; 2817 2818 QualType MergedT; 2819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2820 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 2821 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2822 return; 2823 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2824 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2825 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2826 } 2827 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2828 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2829 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2830 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2831 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2832 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2833 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2834 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2835 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2836 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2837 NewArray->getElementType())) 2838 MergedT = New->getType(); 2839 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2840 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2841 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2842 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2843 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2844 NewArray->getElementType())) 2845 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2846 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2847 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2848 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2849 Old->getType()); 2850 } 2851 } else { 2852 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2853 } 2854 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2855 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2856 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2857 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2858 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2859 } 2860 2861 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 2862 // declaration was a extern declaration in a different scope. 2863 if (!OldWasHidden) 2864 New->setType(MergedT); 2865 } 2866 2867 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2868 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2869 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2870 /// 2871 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2872 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2873 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2874 /// 2875 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous, 2876 bool PreviousWasHidden) { 2877 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2878 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2879 return; 2880 2881 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2882 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2883 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2884 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2885 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2886 << New->getDeclName(); 2887 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2888 diag::note_previous_definition); 2889 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2890 } 2891 2892 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 2893 return; 2894 2895 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2896 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2897 // 2898 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2899 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2900 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2901 << New->getIdentifier(); 2902 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2903 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2904 } 2905 2906 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2907 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2908 // declaration 2909 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2910 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2911 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2912 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2913 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2914 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2915 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2916 } 2917 2918 // Merge the types. 2919 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, PreviousWasHidden); 2920 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2921 return; 2922 2923 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 2924 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2925 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 2926 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 2927 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2928 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2929 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2930 } 2931 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2932 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2933 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2934 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2935 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2936 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2937 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2938 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2939 // identifier has external linkage. 2940 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2941 /* Okay */; 2942 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2943 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 2944 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2945 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2946 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2947 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2948 } 2949 2950 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2951 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2952 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2953 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2954 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2955 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2956 } 2957 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 2958 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 2959 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2960 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2961 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2962 } 2963 2964 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2965 2966 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2967 // need to check for mismatches. 2968 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2969 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2970 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2971 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2972 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2973 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2974 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2975 } 2976 2977 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 2978 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 2979 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2980 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2981 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 2982 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2983 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2984 } else { 2985 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 2986 // static and dynamic initialization. 2987 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 2988 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 2989 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 2990 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 2991 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2992 } 2993 } 2994 2995 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2996 const VarDecl *Def; 2997 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2998 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2999 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3000 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 3001 << New->getDeclName(); 3002 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3003 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3004 return; 3005 } 3006 3007 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3008 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3009 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3010 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3011 return; 3012 } 3013 3014 // Merge "used" flag. 3015 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 3016 New->setUsed(); 3017 3018 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3019 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 3020 3021 // Inherit access appropriately. 3022 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3023 } 3024 3025 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3026 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3027 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3028 DeclSpec &DS) { 3029 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3030 } 3031 3032 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3033 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3034 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3035 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3036 DeclSpec &DS, 3037 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3038 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3039 Decl *TagD = 0; 3040 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 3041 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3042 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3043 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3044 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3045 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3046 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3047 3048 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3049 return 0; 3050 3051 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3052 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3053 // it's a Type. 3054 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3055 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3056 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3057 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3058 } 3059 3060 if (Tag) { 3061 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 3062 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3063 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3064 return Tag; 3065 } 3066 3067 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3068 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3069 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3070 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3071 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3072 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3073 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3074 } 3075 3076 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3077 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3078 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3079 if (Tag) 3080 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3081 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3082 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3083 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3084 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3085 else 3086 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3087 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3088 return TagD; 3089 } 3090 3091 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3092 3093 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3094 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3095 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3096 if (TagD && !Tag) 3097 return 0; 3098 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3099 } 3100 3101 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3102 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3103 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3104 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3105 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3106 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3107 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3108 // or an explicit specialization. 3109 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3110 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3111 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3112 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3113 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3114 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3115 << SS.getRange(); 3116 return 0; 3117 } 3118 3119 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3120 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3121 3122 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3123 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3124 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3125 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3126 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3127 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3128 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 3129 3130 DeclaresAnything = false; 3131 } 3132 } 3133 3134 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member. 3135 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3136 CurContext->isRecord() && 3137 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3138 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 3139 // struct STRUCT; 3140 // and 3141 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3142 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3143 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 3144 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 3145 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 3146 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 3147 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3148 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3149 } 3150 } 3151 3152 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3153 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3154 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3155 return TagD; 3156 3157 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3158 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3159 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3160 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3161 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3162 DeclaresAnything = false; 3163 3164 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3165 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3166 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3167 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3168 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3169 else 3170 DeclaresAnything = false; 3171 } 3172 3173 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3174 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3175 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3176 << Tag->getTagKind() 3177 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3178 3179 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3180 3181 // C 6.7/2: 3182 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3183 // or the members of an enumeration. 3184 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3185 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3186 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3187 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3188 // previous declaration. 3189 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3190 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3191 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3192 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3193 return TagD; 3194 } 3195 3196 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3197 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3198 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3199 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3200 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3201 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3202 // 3203 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3204 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3205 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3206 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3207 3208 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3209 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3210 // useless. 3211 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 3212 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3213 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3214 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3215 3216 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3217 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3218 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3219 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3220 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3221 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3222 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3223 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3224 // Restrict is covered above. 3225 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3226 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3227 } 3228 3229 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3230 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3231 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3232 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3233 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3234 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3235 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3236 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3237 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3238 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3239 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3240 while (attrs) { 3241 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3242 << attrs->getName() 3243 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3244 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3245 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3246 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3247 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3248 } 3249 } 3250 } 3251 3252 return TagD; 3253 } 3254 3255 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3256 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3257 /// 3258 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3259 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3260 Scope *S, 3261 DeclContext *Owner, 3262 DeclarationName Name, 3263 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3264 unsigned diagnostic) { 3265 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3266 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3267 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3268 3269 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3270 return false; 3271 3272 // Pick a representative declaration. 3273 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3274 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3275 3276 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3277 return false; 3278 3279 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3280 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3281 3282 return true; 3283 } 3284 3285 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3286 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3287 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3288 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3289 /// struct, e.g., 3290 /// 3291 /// @code 3292 /// union { 3293 /// int i; 3294 /// float f; 3295 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3296 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3297 /// @endcode 3298 /// 3299 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3300 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3301 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3302 DeclContext *Owner, 3303 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3304 AccessSpecifier AS, 3305 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 3306 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3307 unsigned diagKind 3308 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3309 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3310 3311 bool Invalid = false; 3312 3313 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3314 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 3315 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 3316 D != DEnd; ++D) { 3317 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 3318 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 3319 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 3320 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3321 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3322 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3323 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3324 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3325 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3326 Invalid = true; 3327 } else { 3328 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3329 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3330 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3331 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3332 // anonymous union is declared. 3333 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3334 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3335 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 3336 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 3337 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 3338 else 3339 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3340 3341 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3342 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3343 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3344 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3345 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3346 3347 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3348 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3349 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3350 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3351 3352 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3353 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3354 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3355 3356 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3357 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3358 3359 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3360 } 3361 } 3362 } 3363 3364 return Invalid; 3365 } 3366 3367 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3368 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3369 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3370 static StorageClass 3371 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3372 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3373 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3374 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3375 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3376 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3377 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3378 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3379 return SC_None; 3380 return SC_Extern; 3381 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3382 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3383 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3384 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3385 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3386 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3387 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3388 } 3389 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3390 } 3391 3392 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3393 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3394 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3395 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3396 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3397 AccessSpecifier AS, 3398 RecordDecl *Record) { 3399 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3400 3401 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3402 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3403 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3404 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3405 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3406 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3407 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3408 3409 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3410 // structs/unions. 3411 bool Invalid = false; 3412 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3413 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3414 unsigned DiagID; 3415 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3416 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3417 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3418 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3419 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3420 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3421 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3422 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3423 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3424 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3425 3426 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3427 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3428 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3429 } 3430 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3431 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3432 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3433 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3434 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3435 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3436 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3437 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3438 3439 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3440 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3441 SourceLocation(), 3442 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3443 } 3444 } 3445 3446 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3447 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3448 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3449 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3450 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3451 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3452 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3453 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3454 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3455 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3456 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3457 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3458 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3459 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3460 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3461 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3462 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3463 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3464 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3465 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3466 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3467 3468 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3469 } 3470 3471 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3472 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3473 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3474 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3475 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3476 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3477 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3478 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3479 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3480 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3481 // members (clause 11). 3482 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3483 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3484 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3485 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3486 Invalid = true; 3487 } 3488 3489 // C++ [class.union]p1 3490 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3491 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3492 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3493 // array of such objects. 3494 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3495 Invalid = true; 3496 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3497 // Any implicit members are fine. 3498 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3499 // This is a type that showed up in an 3500 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3501 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3502 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3503 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3504 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3505 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3506 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3507 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3508 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3509 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3510 else { 3511 // This is a nested type declaration. 3512 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3513 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3514 Invalid = true; 3515 } 3516 } else { 3517 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3518 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3519 // not part of standard C++. 3520 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3521 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3522 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3523 } 3524 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3525 // Any access specifier is fine. 3526 } else { 3527 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3528 // member. Complain about it. 3529 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3530 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3531 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3532 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3533 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3534 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3535 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3536 3537 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3538 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3539 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3540 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3541 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3542 else { 3543 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3544 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3545 Invalid = true; 3546 } 3547 } 3548 } 3549 } 3550 3551 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3552 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3553 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3554 Invalid = true; 3555 } 3556 3557 // Mock up a declarator. 3558 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3559 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3560 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3561 3562 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3563 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3564 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3565 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3566 DS.getLocStart(), 3567 Record->getLocation(), 3568 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3569 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3570 TInfo, 3571 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3572 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3573 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3574 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3575 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3576 } else { 3577 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3578 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3579 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3580 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3581 // an error here 3582 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3583 Invalid = true; 3584 SC = SC_None; 3585 } 3586 3587 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3588 DS.getLocStart(), 3589 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3590 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3591 TInfo, SC); 3592 3593 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3594 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3595 // initializer: 3596 // union { int n = 0; }; 3597 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3598 } 3599 Anon->setImplicit(); 3600 3601 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3602 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3603 // its members. 3604 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3605 3606 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3607 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3608 // purposes. 3609 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3610 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3611 3612 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3613 Chain, false)) 3614 Invalid = true; 3615 3616 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3617 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3618 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3619 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3620 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3621 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3622 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3623 3624 if (Invalid) 3625 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3626 3627 return Anon; 3628 } 3629 3630 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3631 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3632 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3633 /// Example: 3634 /// 3635 /// struct A { int a; }; 3636 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3637 /// 3638 /// void foo() { 3639 /// B var; 3640 /// var.a = 3; 3641 /// } 3642 /// 3643 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3644 RecordDecl *Record) { 3645 3646 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3647 if (!Record) 3648 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3649 3650 // Mock up a declarator. 3651 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3652 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3653 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3654 3655 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3656 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3657 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3658 DS.getLocStart(), 3659 DS.getLocStart(), 3660 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3661 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3662 TInfo, 3663 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3664 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3665 Anon->setImplicit(); 3666 3667 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3668 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3669 3670 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3671 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3672 // purposes. 3673 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3674 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3675 3676 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3677 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3678 RecordDef, AS_none, 3679 Chain, true)) 3680 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3681 3682 return Anon; 3683 } 3684 3685 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3686 /// given Declarator. 3687 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3688 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3689 } 3690 3691 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3692 DeclarationNameInfo 3693 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3694 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3695 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3696 3697 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3698 3699 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3700 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3701 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3702 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3703 return NameInfo; 3704 3705 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3706 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3707 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3708 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3709 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3710 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3711 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3712 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3713 return NameInfo; 3714 3715 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3716 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3717 Name.Identifier)); 3718 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3719 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3720 return NameInfo; 3721 3722 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3723 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3724 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3725 if (Ty.isNull()) 3726 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3727 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3728 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3729 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3730 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3731 return NameInfo; 3732 } 3733 3734 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3735 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3736 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3737 if (Ty.isNull()) 3738 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3739 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3740 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3741 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3742 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3743 return NameInfo; 3744 } 3745 3746 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3747 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3748 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3749 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3750 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3751 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3752 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3753 3754 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3755 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3756 3757 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3758 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3759 // was qualified. 3760 3761 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3762 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3763 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3764 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3765 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3766 return NameInfo; 3767 } 3768 3769 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3770 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3771 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3772 if (Ty.isNull()) 3773 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3774 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3775 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3776 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3777 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3778 return NameInfo; 3779 } 3780 3781 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3782 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3783 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3784 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3785 } 3786 3787 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3788 3789 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3790 } 3791 3792 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3793 do { 3794 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3795 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3796 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3797 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3798 else 3799 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3800 } while (true); 3801 } 3802 3803 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3804 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3805 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3806 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3807 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3808 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3809 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3810 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3811 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3812 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3813 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3814 Params.clear(); 3815 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3816 return false; 3817 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3818 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3819 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3820 3821 // The parameter types are identical 3822 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3823 continue; 3824 3825 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3826 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3827 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3828 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3829 3830 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3831 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3832 Params.push_back(Idx); 3833 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3834 return false; 3835 } 3836 3837 return true; 3838 } 3839 3840 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3841 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3842 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3843 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3844 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3845 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3846 DeclarationName Name) { 3847 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3848 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3849 // - types which will become injected class names 3850 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3851 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3852 // few cases here. 3853 3854 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3855 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3856 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3857 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3858 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3859 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3860 // Grab the type from the parser. 3861 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3862 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3863 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3864 3865 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3866 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3867 // attached already. 3868 if (!TSI) 3869 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3870 3871 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3872 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3873 if (!TSI) return true; 3874 3875 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3876 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3877 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3878 break; 3879 } 3880 3881 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3882 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3883 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3884 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3885 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3886 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3887 break; 3888 } 3889 3890 default: 3891 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3892 break; 3893 } 3894 3895 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3896 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3897 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3898 3899 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3900 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3901 // pointer. 3902 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3903 continue; 3904 3905 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3906 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3907 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3908 return true; 3909 } 3910 3911 return false; 3912 } 3913 3914 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3915 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3916 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3917 3918 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3919 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3920 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3921 3922 return Dcl; 3923 } 3924 3925 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3926 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3927 /// name different from T: 3928 /// - every static data member of class T; 3929 /// - every member function of class T 3930 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3931 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3932 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3933 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3934 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3935 3936 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3937 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3938 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3939 return true; 3940 } 3941 3942 return false; 3943 } 3944 3945 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3946 /// nested-name-specifier. 3947 /// 3948 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3949 /// 3950 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3951 /// resolves. 3952 /// 3953 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3954 /// 3955 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3956 /// 3957 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3958 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3959 DeclarationName Name, 3960 SourceLocation Loc) { 3961 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3962 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3963 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3964 3965 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3966 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3967 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3968 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3969 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3970 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3971 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3972 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3973 3974 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3975 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3976 // 3977 // class X { 3978 // void X::f(); 3979 // }; 3980 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3981 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 3982 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 3983 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3984 SS.clear(); 3985 return false; 3986 } 3987 3988 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3989 // declaration. 3990 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3991 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3992 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3993 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3994 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3995 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3996 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3997 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3998 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3999 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4000 else 4001 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4002 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4003 4004 return true; 4005 } 4006 4007 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4008 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4009 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4010 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4011 SS.clear(); 4012 4013 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4014 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4015 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4016 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4017 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4018 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4019 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4020 return true; 4021 4022 return false; 4023 } 4024 4025 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4026 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4027 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4028 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4029 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4030 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4031 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4032 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4033 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4034 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4035 4036 return false; 4037 } 4038 4039 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4040 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4041 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4042 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4043 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4044 4045 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4046 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4047 if (!Name) { 4048 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4049 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4050 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4051 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4052 return 0; 4053 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4054 return 0; 4055 4056 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4057 // we find one that is. 4058 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4059 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4060 S = S->getParent(); 4061 4062 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4063 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4064 D.setInvalidType(); 4065 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4066 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4067 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4068 return 0; 4069 4070 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4071 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4072 if (!DC) { 4073 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4074 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4075 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4076 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4077 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4078 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4079 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4080 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4081 return 0; 4082 } 4083 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4084 4085 if (!IsDependentContext && 4086 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4087 return 0; 4088 4089 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4090 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4091 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4092 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4093 D.setInvalidType(); 4094 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4095 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4096 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4097 if (DC->isRecord()) 4098 return 0; 4099 4100 D.setInvalidType(); 4101 } 4102 } 4103 4104 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4105 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4106 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4107 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4108 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4109 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4110 D.setInvalidType(); 4111 } 4112 } 4113 4114 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4115 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4116 // Just return early; it's safer. 4117 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4118 return 0; 4119 4120 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4121 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4122 4123 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4124 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4125 D.setInvalidType(); 4126 4127 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4128 ForRedeclaration); 4129 4130 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4131 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4132 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4133 4134 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4135 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4136 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4137 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4138 /* Do nothing*/; 4139 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4140 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 4141 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4142 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4143 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 4144 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4145 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4146 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4147 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4148 4149 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4150 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4151 4152 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 4153 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4154 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4155 4156 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4157 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4158 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4159 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4160 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4161 // thereof; [...] 4162 // 4163 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4164 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4165 // we want to match. For example, given: 4166 // 4167 // class X { 4168 // void f(); 4169 // void f(float); 4170 // }; 4171 // 4172 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4173 // 4174 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4175 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4176 // matches. 4177 4178 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4179 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4180 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4181 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4182 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4183 } 4184 4185 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4186 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4187 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4188 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4189 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4190 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4191 4192 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4193 Previous.clear(); 4194 } 4195 4196 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4197 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4198 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4199 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4200 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4201 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4202 Previous.clear(); 4203 4204 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4205 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4206 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4207 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4208 4209 NamedDecl *New; 4210 4211 bool AddToScope = true; 4212 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4213 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4214 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4215 return 0; 4216 } 4217 4218 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4219 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4220 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4221 TemplateParamLists, 4222 AddToScope); 4223 } else { 4224 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4225 TemplateParamLists); 4226 } 4227 4228 if (New == 0) 4229 return 0; 4230 4231 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4232 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4233 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4234 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 4235 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 4236 4237 return New; 4238 } 4239 4240 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4241 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4242 /// GCC compatibility). 4243 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4244 ASTContext &Context, 4245 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4246 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4247 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4248 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4249 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4250 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4251 SizeIsNegative = false; 4252 Oversized = 0; 4253 4254 if (T->isDependentType()) 4255 return QualType(); 4256 4257 QualifierCollector Qs; 4258 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4259 4260 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4261 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4262 QualType FixedType = 4263 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4264 Oversized); 4265 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4266 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4267 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4268 } 4269 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4270 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4271 QualType FixedType = 4272 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4273 Oversized); 4274 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4275 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4276 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4277 } 4278 4279 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4280 if (!VLATy) 4281 return QualType(); 4282 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4283 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4284 return QualType(); 4285 4286 llvm::APSInt Res; 4287 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4288 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4289 return QualType(); 4290 4291 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4292 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4293 SizeIsNegative = true; 4294 return QualType(); 4295 } 4296 4297 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4298 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4299 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4300 Res); 4301 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4302 Oversized = Res; 4303 return QualType(); 4304 } 4305 4306 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4307 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4308 } 4309 4310 static void 4311 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4312 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4313 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4314 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4315 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4316 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4317 return; 4318 } 4319 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4320 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4321 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4322 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4323 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4324 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4325 return; 4326 } 4327 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4328 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4329 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4330 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4331 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4332 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4333 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4334 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4335 } 4336 4337 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4338 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4339 /// GCC compatibility). 4340 static TypeSourceInfo* 4341 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4342 ASTContext &Context, 4343 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4344 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4345 QualType FixedTy 4346 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4347 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4348 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4349 return 0; 4350 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4351 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4352 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4353 return FixedTInfo; 4354 } 4355 4356 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4357 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations 4358 void 4359 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 4360 const LookupResult &Previous, 4361 Scope *S) { 4362 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4363 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 4364 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4365 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4366 } 4367 4368 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 4369 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4370 if (ExternalSource) { 4371 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4372 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4373 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4374 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4375 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4376 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4377 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4378 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4379 } 4380 } 4381 4382 return LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Name); 4383 } 4384 4385 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4386 /// does not identify a function. 4387 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4388 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4389 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4390 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4391 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4392 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4393 4394 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4395 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4396 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4397 4398 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4399 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4400 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4401 4402 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4403 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4404 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4405 } 4406 4407 NamedDecl* 4408 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4409 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4410 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4411 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4412 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4413 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4414 D.setInvalidType(); 4415 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4416 DC = CurContext; 4417 Previous.clear(); 4418 } 4419 4420 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4421 4422 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4423 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4424 << 1; 4425 4426 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4427 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4428 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4429 return 0; 4430 } 4431 4432 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4433 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4434 4435 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4436 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4437 4438 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4439 4440 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4441 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4442 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4443 return ND; 4444 } 4445 4446 void 4447 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4448 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4449 // then it shall have block scope. 4450 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4451 // that redeclarations will match. 4452 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4453 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4454 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4455 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4456 4457 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4458 bool SizeIsNegative; 4459 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4460 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4461 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4462 SizeIsNegative, 4463 Oversized); 4464 if (FixedTInfo) { 4465 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4466 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4467 } else { 4468 if (SizeIsNegative) 4469 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4470 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4471 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4472 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4473 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4474 << Oversized.toString(10); 4475 else 4476 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4477 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4478 } 4479 } 4480 } 4481 } 4482 4483 4484 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4485 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4486 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4487 NamedDecl* 4488 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4489 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4490 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4491 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4492 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4493 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4494 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4495 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4496 Redeclaration = true; 4497 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4498 } 4499 4500 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4501 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4502 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4503 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4504 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4505 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4506 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4507 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4508 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4509 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4510 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4511 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4512 } 4513 4514 return NewTD; 4515 } 4516 4517 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4518 /// previous declaration. 4519 /// 4520 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4521 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4522 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4523 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4524 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4525 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4526 /// 4527 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4528 /// lookup 4529 /// 4530 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4531 /// declared. 4532 /// 4533 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4534 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4535 static bool 4536 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4537 ASTContext &Context) { 4538 if (!PrevDecl) 4539 return false; 4540 4541 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4542 return false; 4543 4544 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4545 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4546 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4547 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4548 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4549 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4550 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4551 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4552 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4553 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4554 return false; 4555 4556 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4557 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4558 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4559 return false; 4560 4561 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4562 // previous declarations. 4563 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4564 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4565 4566 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4567 // isn't the same function. 4568 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4569 return false; 4570 } 4571 4572 return true; 4573 } 4574 4575 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4576 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4577 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4578 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4579 } 4580 4581 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4582 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4583 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4584 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4585 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4586 unsigned kind = -1U; 4587 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4588 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4589 kind = 0; // __block 4590 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4591 kind = 1; // global 4592 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4593 kind = 3; // ivar 4594 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4595 kind = 2; // field 4596 } 4597 4598 if (kind != -1U) { 4599 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4600 << kind; 4601 } 4602 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4603 // Try to infer lifetime. 4604 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4605 return false; 4606 4607 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4608 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4609 decl->setType(type); 4610 } 4611 4612 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4613 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4614 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4615 var->getTLSKind()) { 4616 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4617 << var->getType(); 4618 return true; 4619 } 4620 } 4621 4622 return false; 4623 } 4624 4625 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4626 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4627 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4628 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4629 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4630 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4631 } 4632 } 4633 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4634 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4635 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4636 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4637 } 4638 } 4639 4640 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 4641 // It does not apply to functions. 4642 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 4643 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4644 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 4645 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 4646 } 4647 } 4648 } 4649 4650 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 4651 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 4652 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 4653 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 4654 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 4655 4656 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 4657 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 4658 4659 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 4660 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 4661 return false; 4662 4663 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 4664 4665 #ifndef NDEBUG 4666 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 4667 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 4668 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 4669 // builds. This is an awful hack. 4670 FD->setLazyBody(1); 4671 #endif 4672 4673 bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline); 4674 4675 #ifndef NDEBUG 4676 FD->setLazyBody(0); 4677 #endif 4678 4679 return isC99Inline; 4680 } 4681 4682 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 4683 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4684 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4685 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 4686 if (DC->isFileContext()) 4687 return true; 4688 if (DC->isRecord()) 4689 return false; 4690 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4691 } 4692 4693 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4694 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4695 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4696 return true; 4697 if (DC->isRecord()) 4698 return false; 4699 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4700 } 4701 4702 NamedDecl* 4703 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4704 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4705 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4706 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4707 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4708 4709 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4710 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 4711 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 4712 4713 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 4714 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 4715 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 4716 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 4717 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 4718 D.setInvalidType(); 4719 } 4720 } 4721 4722 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4723 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4724 // an error here 4725 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4726 D.setInvalidType(); 4727 SC = SC_None; 4728 } 4729 4730 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 4731 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 4732 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 4733 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 4734 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 4735 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 4736 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4737 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 4738 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4739 } 4740 4741 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4742 if (!II) { 4743 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4744 << Name; 4745 return 0; 4746 } 4747 4748 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4749 4750 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4751 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4752 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4753 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4754 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4755 // is a GNU extension. 4756 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4757 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4758 else 4759 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4760 D.setInvalidType(); 4761 } 4762 } 4763 4764 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4765 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4766 // OpenCL __local address space. 4767 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4768 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4769 } 4770 4771 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 4772 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 4773 // space qualifiers. 4774 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 4775 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 4776 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 4777 } 4778 4779 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 4780 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 4781 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 4782 // address space qualifiers. 4783 if (R->isEventT()) { 4784 if (S->getParent() == 0) { 4785 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 4786 D.setInvalidType(); 4787 } 4788 4789 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 4790 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 4791 D.setInvalidType(); 4792 } 4793 } 4794 } 4795 4796 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4797 VarDecl *NewVD; 4798 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4799 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4800 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4801 R, TInfo, SC); 4802 4803 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4804 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4805 } else { 4806 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4807 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4808 if (SC == SC_Static) { 4809 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4810 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4811 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4812 } 4813 } 4814 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4815 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4816 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4817 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4818 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4819 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4820 4821 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4822 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4823 if (RD->isUnion()) 4824 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4825 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 4826 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4827 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4828 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4829 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4830 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4831 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4832 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4833 } 4834 } 4835 4836 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4837 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4838 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4839 bool Invalid = false; 4840 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4841 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4842 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4843 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4844 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4845 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4846 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4847 /*never a friend*/ false, 4848 isExplicitSpecialization, 4849 Invalid)) { 4850 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4851 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4852 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4853 << II 4854 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4855 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4856 return 0; 4857 } else { 4858 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4859 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4860 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4861 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4862 << II 4863 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4864 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4865 } 4866 } 4867 4868 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4869 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4870 R, TInfo, SC); 4871 4872 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4873 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4874 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 4875 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4876 4877 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4878 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4879 4880 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4881 4882 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4883 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4884 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4885 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4886 } 4887 4888 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4889 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4890 } 4891 4892 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4893 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4894 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4895 4896 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 4897 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) { 4898 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 4899 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 4900 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 4901 // explicitly. 4902 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 4903 // 'extern'. 4904 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4905 TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && 4906 DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4907 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 4908 else 4909 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4910 diag::err_thread_non_global) 4911 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4912 } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4913 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4914 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4915 else 4916 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 4917 } 4918 4919 // C99 6.7.4p3 4920 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 4921 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 4922 // thread storage duration... 4923 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 4924 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 4925 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 4926 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 4927 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 4928 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4929 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 4930 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 4931 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 4932 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4933 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 4934 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 4935 } 4936 } 4937 4938 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4939 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4940 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4941 << 2 4942 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4943 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4944 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4945 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4946 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4947 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4948 else 4949 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4950 } 4951 4952 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4953 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4954 4955 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 4956 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 4957 4958 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 4959 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 4960 // storage [duration]." 4961 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4962 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 4963 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 4964 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 4965 } 4966 } 4967 4968 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4969 // retainable type. 4970 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4971 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4972 4973 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4974 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4975 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4976 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4977 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4978 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4979 switch (SC) { 4980 case SC_None: 4981 case SC_Auto: 4982 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4983 break; 4984 case SC_Register: 4985 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4986 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4987 break; 4988 case SC_Static: 4989 case SC_Extern: 4990 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4991 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4992 break; 4993 } 4994 } 4995 4996 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4997 Context, Label)); 4998 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4999 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5000 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5001 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5002 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5003 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5004 } 5005 } 5006 5007 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5008 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 5009 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5010 5011 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5012 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5013 // declaration has linkage). 5014 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5015 isExplicitSpecialization); 5016 5017 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5018 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5019 } else { 5020 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5021 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5022 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5023 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5024 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5025 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5026 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5027 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5028 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5029 Previous.clear(); 5030 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5031 } 5032 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5033 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5034 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5035 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5036 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5037 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5038 } 5039 5040 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5041 5042 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 5043 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5044 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5045 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5046 } 5047 5048 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5049 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD); 5050 5051 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 5052 // such variables. 5053 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 5054 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5055 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 5056 5057 return NewVD; 5058 } 5059 5060 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5061 /// -Wshadow. 5062 /// 5063 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5064 /// scope. 5065 /// 5066 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5067 /// \param R the lookup of the name 5068 /// 5069 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5070 // Return if warning is ignored. 5071 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 5072 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5073 return; 5074 5075 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5076 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5077 return; 5078 5079 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5080 5081 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5082 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5083 return; 5084 5085 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5086 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5087 return; 5088 5089 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5090 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5091 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5092 if (MD->isStatic()) 5093 return; 5094 5095 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5096 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5097 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5098 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5099 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 5100 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 5101 I != E; ++I) 5102 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5103 ShadowedDecl = *I; 5104 break; 5105 } 5106 } 5107 5108 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5109 5110 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5111 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5112 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5113 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5114 return; 5115 5116 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5117 // static data members from base classes? 5118 5119 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5120 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5121 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5122 } 5123 5124 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5125 unsigned Kind; 5126 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5127 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5128 Kind = 3; // field 5129 else 5130 Kind = 2; // static data member 5131 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5132 Kind = 1; // global 5133 else 5134 Kind = 0; // local 5135 5136 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5137 5138 // Emit warning and note. 5139 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5140 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5141 } 5142 5143 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5144 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5145 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 5146 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5147 return; 5148 5149 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5150 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5151 LookupName(R, S); 5152 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5153 } 5154 5155 template<typename T> 5156 static bool mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(const T *ND) { 5157 const DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext(); 5158 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5159 return true; 5160 5161 // We know that is the first decl we see, other than function local 5162 // extern C ones. If this is C++ and the decl is not in a extern C context 5163 // it cannot have C language linkage. Avoid calling isExternC in that case. 5164 // We need to this because of code like 5165 // 5166 // namespace { struct bar {}; } 5167 // auto foo = bar(); 5168 // 5169 // This code runs before the init of foo is set, and therefore before 5170 // the type of foo is known. Not knowing the type we cannot know its linkage 5171 // unless it is in an extern C block. 5172 if (!ND->isInExternCContext()) { 5173 const ASTContext &Context = ND->getASTContext(); 5174 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5175 return false; 5176 } 5177 5178 return ND->isExternC(); 5179 } 5180 5181 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 5182 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5183 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5184 return; 5185 5186 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5187 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5188 5189 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 5190 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 5191 return; 5192 5193 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5194 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 5195 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 5196 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5197 NewVD->setType(T); 5198 } 5199 5200 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 5201 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 5202 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 5203 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 5204 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5205 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 5206 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5207 return; 5208 } 5209 5210 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 5211 // __constant address space. 5212 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 5213 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 5214 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 5215 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 5216 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5217 return; 5218 } 5219 5220 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 5221 // scope. 5222 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5223 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5224 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 5225 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5226 return; 5227 } 5228 5229 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 5230 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5231 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 5232 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 5233 else { 5234 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 5235 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 5236 } 5237 } 5238 5239 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 5240 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 5241 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5242 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5243 5244 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 5245 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 5246 bool SizeIsNegative; 5247 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5248 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5249 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5250 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5251 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 5252 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 5253 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 5254 // int a[10][n]; 5255 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 5256 5257 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5258 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 5259 << SizeRange; 5260 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 5261 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 5262 << SizeRange; 5263 else 5264 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 5265 << SizeRange; 5266 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5267 return; 5268 } 5269 5270 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 5271 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5272 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5273 else 5274 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 5275 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5276 return; 5277 } 5278 5279 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5280 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 5281 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5282 } 5283 5284 if (T->isVoidType()) { 5285 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 5286 // of objects and functions. 5287 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5288 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 5289 << T; 5290 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5291 return; 5292 } 5293 } 5294 5295 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5296 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5297 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5298 return; 5299 } 5300 5301 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5302 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 5303 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5304 return; 5305 } 5306 5307 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 5308 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 5309 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 5310 // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced. 5311 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5312 return; 5313 } 5314 } 5315 5316 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 5317 /// declaration. 5318 /// 5319 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 5320 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 5321 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 5322 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 5323 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 5324 /// 5325 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 5326 /// 5327 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 5328 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 5329 LookupResult &Previous) { 5330 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 5331 5332 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5333 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5334 return false; 5335 5336 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 5337 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 5338 // 5339 // Clang has a lot of problems with extern local declarations. 5340 // The actual standards text here is: 5341 // 5342 // C++11 [basic.link]p6: 5343 // The name of a function declared in block scope and the name 5344 // of a variable declared by a block scope extern declaration 5345 // have linkage. If there is a visible declaration of an entity 5346 // with linkage having the same name and type, ignoring entities 5347 // declared outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the 5348 // block scope declaration declares that same entity and 5349 // receives the linkage of the previous declaration. 5350 // 5351 // C11 6.2.7p4: 5352 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 5353 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 5354 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 5355 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 5356 // declaration becomes the composite type. 5357 // 5358 // The most important point here is that we're not allowed to 5359 // update our understanding of the type according to declarations 5360 // not in scope. 5361 bool PreviousWasHidden = false; 5362 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewVD)) { 5363 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5364 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 5365 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) { 5366 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 5367 PreviousWasHidden = true; 5368 } 5369 } 5370 5371 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 5372 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 5373 5374 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5375 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous, PreviousWasHidden); 5376 return true; 5377 } 5378 return false; 5379 } 5380 5381 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 5382 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 5383 Sema *S; 5384 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 5385 }; 5386 5387 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 5388 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 5389 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 5390 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 5391 CXXBasePath &Path, 5392 void *UserData) { 5393 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 5394 5395 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 5396 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 5397 5398 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 5399 5400 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 5401 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5402 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 5403 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 5404 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 5405 5406 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 5407 } 5408 5409 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 5410 !Path.Decls.empty(); 5411 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 5412 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 5413 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 5414 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 5415 return true; 5416 } 5417 } 5418 5419 return false; 5420 } 5421 5422 namespace { 5423 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 5424 } 5425 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 5426 /// overriden methods. 5427 /// 5428 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 5429 /// \param MD the overriding method. 5430 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 5431 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 5432 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 5433 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 5434 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 5435 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 5436 I != E; ++I) { 5437 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 5438 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 5439 // out the diag loop 3 times. 5440 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 5441 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 5442 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 5443 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5444 } 5445 } 5446 5447 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 5448 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 5449 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 5450 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 5451 CXXBasePaths Paths; 5452 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 5453 Data.Method = MD; 5454 Data.S = this; 5455 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5456 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5457 bool AddedAny = false; 5458 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 5459 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 5460 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5461 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 5462 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 5463 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 5464 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 5465 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 5466 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 5467 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 5468 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 5469 AddedAny = true; 5470 } 5471 } 5472 } 5473 } 5474 5475 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 5476 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 5477 } 5478 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 5479 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 5480 } 5481 5482 return AddedAny; 5483 } 5484 5485 namespace { 5486 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 5487 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 5488 struct ActOnFDArgs { 5489 Scope *S; 5490 Declarator &D; 5491 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 5492 bool AddToScope; 5493 }; 5494 } 5495 5496 namespace { 5497 5498 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 5499 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 5500 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 5501 public: 5502 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 5503 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 5504 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 5505 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 5506 5507 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 5508 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 5509 return false; 5510 5511 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5512 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 5513 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 5514 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5515 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5516 5517 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5518 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5519 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 5520 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 5521 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 5522 return true; 5523 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 5524 return true; 5525 } 5526 } 5527 } 5528 5529 return false; 5530 } 5531 5532 private: 5533 ASTContext &Context; 5534 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 5535 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 5536 }; 5537 5538 } 5539 5540 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 5541 /// 5542 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 5543 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 5544 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 5545 /// the same name. 5546 /// 5547 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 5548 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 5549 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 5550 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5551 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 5552 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 5553 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 5554 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 5555 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 5556 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5557 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5558 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 5559 TypoCorrection Correction; 5560 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5561 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 5562 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 5563 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 5564 5565 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5566 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 5567 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 5568 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 5569 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5570 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 5571 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 5572 if (!Prev.empty()) { 5573 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 5574 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5575 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 5576 if (FD && 5577 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5578 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 5579 // involve a parameter 5580 unsigned ParamNum = 5581 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 5582 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 5583 } 5584 } 5585 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 5586 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 5587 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 5588 Validator, NewDC))) { 5589 // Trap errors. 5590 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 5591 5592 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 5593 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 5594 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5595 Previous.clear(); 5596 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 5597 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 5598 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 5599 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5600 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5601 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5602 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5603 Previous.addDecl(FD); 5604 } 5605 } 5606 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 5607 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 5608 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 5609 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 5610 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 5611 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 5612 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 5613 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 5614 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 5615 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 5616 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 5617 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 5618 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5619 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 5620 Previous.clear(); 5621 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 5622 Result = NULL; 5623 } else { 5624 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 5625 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 5626 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5627 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 5628 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 5629 } 5630 } 5631 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 5632 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 5633 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 5634 } else { 5635 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 5636 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 5637 } 5638 } 5639 5640 if (Correction) { 5641 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 5642 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 5643 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 5644 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 5645 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 5646 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5647 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 5648 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 5649 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 5650 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 5651 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 5652 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 5653 } else { 5654 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 5655 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 5656 } 5657 5658 bool NewFDisConst = false; 5659 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5660 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 5661 5662 for (SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 5663 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 5664 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 5665 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 5666 bool FDisConst = false; 5667 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5668 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 5669 5670 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 5671 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 5672 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 5673 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 5674 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 5675 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 5676 } else if (Correction) { 5677 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 5678 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 5679 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 5680 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 5681 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5682 } else 5683 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 5684 } 5685 return Result; 5686 } 5687 5688 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 5689 Declarator &D) { 5690 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 5691 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 5692 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 5693 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 5694 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 5695 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5696 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 5697 D.setInvalidType(); 5698 break; 5699 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 5700 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 5701 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 5702 return SC_None; 5703 return SC_Extern; 5704 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 5705 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5706 // C99 6.7.1p5: 5707 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 5708 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 5709 // other than extern 5710 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 5711 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5712 diag::err_static_block_func); 5713 break; 5714 } else 5715 return SC_Static; 5716 } 5717 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5718 } 5719 5720 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 5721 return SC_None; 5722 } 5723 5724 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 5725 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 5726 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5727 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 5728 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 5729 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5730 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5731 5732 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 5733 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5734 5735 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5736 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5737 // prototype. This true when: 5738 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 5739 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 5740 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 5741 bool HasPrototype = 5742 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 5743 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 5744 5745 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5746 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5747 TInfo, SC, isInline, 5748 HasPrototype, false); 5749 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5750 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5751 5752 // Set the lexical context. 5753 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5754 5755 return NewFD; 5756 } 5757 5758 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5759 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5760 5761 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5762 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5763 // the class has been completely parsed. 5764 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5765 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5766 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5767 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5768 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5769 D.setInvalidType(); 5770 5771 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5772 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5773 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5774 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5775 5776 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5777 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5778 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5779 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5780 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5781 isConstexpr); 5782 5783 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5784 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5785 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5786 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5787 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5788 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5789 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5790 D.getLocStart(), 5791 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5792 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5793 5794 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5795 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5796 // it yet. 5797 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 5798 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5799 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5800 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5801 } 5802 5803 // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body 5804 // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as 5805 // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor. 5806 if (SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && 5807 !Record->isDependentType() && Record->getDefinition() && 5808 !Record->isBeingDefined()) { 5809 SemaRef.CheckDestructor(NewDD); 5810 } 5811 5812 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5813 return NewDD; 5814 5815 } else { 5816 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5817 D.setInvalidType(); 5818 5819 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5820 // code path. 5821 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5822 D.getLocStart(), 5823 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5824 SC, isInline, 5825 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5826 } 5827 5828 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5829 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5830 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5831 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5832 return 0; 5833 } 5834 5835 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5836 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5837 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5838 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5839 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5840 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5841 5842 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5843 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5844 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5845 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5846 // constructor if it has no return type). 5847 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5848 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5849 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5850 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5851 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5852 return 0; 5853 } 5854 5855 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5856 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 5857 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5858 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5859 TInfo, SC, isInline, 5860 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5861 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 5862 return Ret; 5863 } else { 5864 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5865 // prototype. This true when: 5866 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5867 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5868 D.getLocStart(), 5869 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 5870 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5871 } 5872 } 5873 5874 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 5875 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5876 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5877 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5878 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5879 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5880 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5881 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5882 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5883 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5884 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5885 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5886 << IsTypeAlias; 5887 } 5888 } 5889 5890 NamedDecl* 5891 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5892 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5893 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5894 bool &AddToScope) { 5895 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5896 5897 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5898 5899 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5900 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5901 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5902 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5903 5904 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 5905 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5906 diag::err_invalid_thread) 5907 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5908 5909 bool isFriend = false; 5910 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5911 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5912 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5913 5914 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5915 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5916 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5917 5918 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5919 5920 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5921 isVirtualOkay); 5922 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5923 5924 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5925 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5926 5927 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5928 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5929 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5930 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5931 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5932 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5933 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5934 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5935 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5936 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5937 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5938 } 5939 5940 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 5941 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 5942 // return true). 5943 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 5944 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 5945 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 5946 NewFD->setPure(true); 5947 } 5948 5949 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5950 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5951 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5952 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5953 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5954 5955 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5956 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5957 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5958 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5959 5960 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5961 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5962 bool Invalid = false; 5963 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5964 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5965 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5966 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5967 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5968 TemplateParamLists.data(), 5969 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5970 isFriend, 5971 isExplicitSpecialization, 5972 Invalid)) { 5973 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5974 // This is a function template 5975 5976 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5977 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5978 return 0; 5979 5980 // A destructor cannot be a template. 5981 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5982 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 5983 return 0; 5984 } 5985 5986 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 5987 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 5988 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 5989 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 5990 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5991 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 5992 Invalid = true; 5993 } 5994 5995 5996 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 5997 NewFD->getLocation(), 5998 Name, TemplateParams, 5999 NewFD); 6000 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6001 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 6002 6003 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 6004 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 6005 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6006 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 6007 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6008 } 6009 } else { 6010 // This is a function template specialization. 6011 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6012 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6013 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6014 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6015 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6016 6017 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 6018 if (isFriend) { 6019 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 6020 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 6021 6022 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 6023 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 6024 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 6025 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 6026 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 6027 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 6028 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6029 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6030 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 6031 } 6032 6033 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 6034 << Name << RemoveRange 6035 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 6036 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 6037 } 6038 } 6039 } 6040 else { 6041 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 6042 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 6043 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6044 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6045 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6046 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6047 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6048 } 6049 6050 if (Invalid) { 6051 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6052 if (FunctionTemplate) 6053 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6054 } 6055 6056 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 6057 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 6058 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 6059 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 6060 // 6061 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6062 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 6063 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6064 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 6065 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6066 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 6067 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6068 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 6069 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6070 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6071 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 6072 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 6073 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6074 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 6075 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6076 } else { 6077 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 6078 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 6079 } 6080 6081 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6082 NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) 6083 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 6084 } 6085 6086 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 6087 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 6088 // declaration. 6089 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6090 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6091 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 6092 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6093 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6094 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6095 } 6096 } 6097 6098 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 6099 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 6100 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 6101 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 6102 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6103 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6104 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 6105 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6106 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 6107 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6108 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 6109 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6110 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 6111 // or conversion function. 6112 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6113 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 6114 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6115 } 6116 } 6117 6118 if (isConstexpr) { 6119 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 6120 // are implicitly inline. 6121 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6122 6123 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 6124 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 6125 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 6126 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 6127 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 6128 } 6129 6130 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 6131 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6132 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6133 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 6134 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 6135 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6136 << 0 6137 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 6138 } else { 6139 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 6140 if (FunctionTemplate) 6141 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6142 } 6143 } 6144 6145 if (isFriend) { 6146 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 6147 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6148 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 6149 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 6150 } 6151 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 6152 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6153 } 6154 6155 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 6156 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 6157 case FDK_Declaration: 6158 case FDK_Definition: 6159 break; 6160 6161 case FDK_Defaulted: 6162 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 6163 break; 6164 6165 case FDK_Deleted: 6166 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 6167 break; 6168 } 6169 6170 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 6171 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6172 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 6173 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 6174 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 6175 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6176 } 6177 6178 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 6179 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6180 // C++ [class.static]p1: 6181 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 6182 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 6183 // the class. 6184 6185 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 6186 // member function definition. 6187 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6188 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6189 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6190 } 6191 6192 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 6193 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 6194 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 6195 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6196 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 6197 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 6198 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 6199 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6200 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 6201 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6202 FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 6203 } 6204 } 6205 6206 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 6207 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 6208 isExplicitSpecialization || 6209 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 6210 6211 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6212 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 6213 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6214 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6215 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 6216 SE->getString())); 6217 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6218 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6219 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6220 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6221 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 6222 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6223 } 6224 } 6225 6226 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 6227 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 6228 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 6229 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 6230 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6231 6232 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 6233 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 6234 // single void argument. 6235 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 6236 // already checks for that case. 6237 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 6238 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 6239 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 6240 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 6241 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 6242 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 6243 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 6244 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 6245 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 6246 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 6247 Params.push_back(Param); 6248 6249 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 6250 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6251 } 6252 } 6253 6254 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6255 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 6256 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 6257 // parameters for use in the declaration. 6258 // 6259 // @code 6260 // typedef void fn(int); 6261 // fn f; 6262 // @endcode 6263 6264 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 6265 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 6266 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 6267 ParmVarDecl *Param = 6268 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 6269 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 6270 Params.push_back(Param); 6271 } 6272 } else { 6273 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 6274 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 6275 } 6276 6277 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 6278 NewFD->setParams(Params); 6279 6280 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 6281 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 6282 // 6283 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 6284 // 6285 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 6286 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 6287 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 6288 6289 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 6290 NewFD->addAttr( 6291 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 6292 Context)); 6293 6294 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 6295 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6296 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 6297 6298 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 6299 // because all functions have linkage. 6300 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6301 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6302 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 6303 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6304 } 6305 6306 // Handle attributes. 6307 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6308 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 6309 6310 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 6311 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 6312 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 6313 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 6314 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 6315 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6316 if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { 6317 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 6318 Context)); 6319 } 6320 } 6321 6322 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6323 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6324 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 6325 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6326 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6327 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6328 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6329 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6330 } 6331 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 6332 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6333 D.setRedeclaration(true); 6334 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6335 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6336 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6337 } else { 6338 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 6339 // argument list into our AST format. 6340 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6341 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 6342 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 6343 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6344 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6345 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6346 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 6347 TemplateArgs); 6348 6349 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6350 6351 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6352 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6353 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 6354 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 6355 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 6356 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6357 6358 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6359 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6360 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 6361 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 6362 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 6363 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 6364 // too few of them). 6365 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 6366 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 6367 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 6368 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 6369 "template<> "); 6370 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6371 } else { 6372 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 6373 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6374 } 6375 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6376 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 6377 // wrote something like: 6378 // template <> friend void foo(int); 6379 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 6380 // friend void foo<>(int); 6381 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 6382 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6383 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6384 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6385 } 6386 6387 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 6388 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 6389 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 6390 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 6391 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 6392 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 6393 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 6394 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 6395 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 6396 InstantiationDependent))) { 6397 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 6398 "friend function specialization without template args"); 6399 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 6400 Previous)) 6401 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6402 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6403 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 6404 && !isFriend) { 6405 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 6406 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 6407 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 6408 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 6409 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 6410 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 6411 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 6412 Previous)) 6413 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6414 6415 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 6416 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 6417 // specialization (14.7.3) 6418 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 6419 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 6420 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 6421 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 6422 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6423 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 6424 << SC 6425 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6426 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6427 6428 else 6429 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6430 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 6431 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6432 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6433 } 6434 6435 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6436 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 6437 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6438 } 6439 6440 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6441 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6442 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6443 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 6444 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 6445 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6446 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 6447 } else { 6448 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6449 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6450 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6451 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6452 } 6453 } 6454 6455 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6456 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6457 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6458 6459 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 6460 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 6461 : NewFD); 6462 6463 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 6464 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 6465 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6466 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 6467 6468 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 6469 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 6470 6471 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 6472 } 6473 6474 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 6475 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 6476 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 6477 6478 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 6479 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 6480 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6481 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 6482 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 6483 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 6484 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 6485 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 6486 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 6487 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 6488 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 6489 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6490 DC && DC->isRecord() && 6491 DC->isDependentContext()) 6492 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6493 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 6494 } 6495 6496 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6497 // Ignore all the rest of this. 6498 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 6499 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 6500 AddToScope }; 6501 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 6502 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 6503 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6504 6505 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 6506 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6507 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 6508 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 6509 6510 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 6511 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 6512 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 6513 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 6514 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 6515 // can actually do this check immediately. 6516 if (isFriend && 6517 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 6518 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 6519 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 6520 // ignore these 6521 } else { 6522 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 6523 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 6524 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 6525 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 6526 // 6527 // class X { 6528 // void f() const; 6529 // }; 6530 // 6531 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 6532 // 6533 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 6534 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 6535 // whether the parameter types are references). 6536 6537 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6538 NewFD, 6539 ExtraArgs)) { 6540 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6541 return Result; 6542 } 6543 } 6544 6545 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 6546 // to something. 6547 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 6548 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6549 NewFD, 6550 ExtraArgs)) { 6551 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6552 return Result; 6553 } 6554 } 6555 6556 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6557 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6558 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 6559 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 6560 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6561 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 6562 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 6563 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 6564 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 6565 // generate them. 6566 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 6567 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6568 } 6569 } 6570 6571 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 6572 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 6573 6574 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 6575 6576 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 6577 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6578 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6579 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 6580 << NewFD; 6581 6582 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 6583 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6584 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 6585 EPI.Variadic = true; 6586 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 6587 6588 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), None, EPI); 6589 NewFD->setType(R); 6590 } 6591 6592 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 6593 // member, set the visibility of this function. 6594 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 6595 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 6596 6597 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 6598 // marking the function. 6599 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 6600 6601 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 6602 // map of such names. 6603 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 6604 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6605 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 6606 6607 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 6608 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 6609 6610 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6611 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6612 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6613 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6614 return FunctionTemplate; 6615 } 6616 } 6617 6618 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6619 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 6620 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6621 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 6622 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 6623 D.setInvalidType(); 6624 } 6625 6626 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 6627 if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) { 6628 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6629 diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type); 6630 D.setInvalidType(); 6631 } 6632 6633 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 6634 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 6635 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 6636 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6637 6638 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6639 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6640 // pointer to a pointer type. 6641 if (PT->isPointerType() && PT->getPointeeType()->isPointerType()) { 6642 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_arg); 6643 D.setInvalidType(); 6644 } 6645 6646 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6647 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6648 // of event_t type. 6649 if (PT->isEventT()) { 6650 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_event_t_kernel_arg); 6651 D.setInvalidType(); 6652 } 6653 } 6654 } 6655 6656 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 6657 6658 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 6659 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 6660 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6661 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6662 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 6663 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 6664 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 6665 6666 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 6667 } 6668 } 6669 6670 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 6671 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 6672 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 6673 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6674 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 6675 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 6676 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 6677 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 6678 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 6679 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 6680 AddToScope = false; 6681 } 6682 6683 return NewFD; 6684 } 6685 6686 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 6687 /// 6688 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 6689 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 6690 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 6691 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 6692 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 6693 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 6694 /// via InstantiateDecl). 6695 /// 6696 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 6697 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 6698 /// 6699 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 6700 /// 6701 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 6702 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6703 LookupResult &Previous, 6704 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 6705 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 6706 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 6707 6708 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 6709 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewFD)) { 6710 // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6711 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6712 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6713 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 6714 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 6715 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 6716 } 6717 6718 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6719 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 6720 6721 bool Redeclaration = false; 6722 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 6723 6724 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 6725 // the same name, if appropriate. 6726 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6727 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 6728 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 6729 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 6730 // function to the scope. 6731 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 6732 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6733 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 6734 Redeclaration = true; 6735 OldDecl = Candidate; 6736 } 6737 } else { 6738 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 6739 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 6740 case Ovl_Match: 6741 Redeclaration = true; 6742 break; 6743 6744 case Ovl_NonFunction: 6745 Redeclaration = true; 6746 break; 6747 6748 case Ovl_Overload: 6749 Redeclaration = false; 6750 break; 6751 } 6752 6753 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6754 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 6755 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 6756 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6757 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6758 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 6759 if (Redeclaration) 6760 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 6761 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6762 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6763 if (OverloadedDecl) 6764 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 6765 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6766 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6767 Context)); 6768 } 6769 } 6770 } 6771 6772 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 6773 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 6774 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 6775 // 6776 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 6777 // definition of a static member function. 6778 // 6779 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 6780 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 6781 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6782 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 6783 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 6784 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 6785 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6786 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD = 6787 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 6788 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl()); 6789 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 6790 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 6791 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6792 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6793 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 6794 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6795 FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 6796 6797 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 6798 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 6799 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 6800 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 6801 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 6802 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 6803 AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 6804 6805 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const) 6806 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 6807 } 6808 } 6809 } 6810 6811 if (Redeclaration) { 6812 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 6813 // merged. 6814 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 6815 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6816 return Redeclaration; 6817 } 6818 6819 Previous.clear(); 6820 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 6821 6822 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 6823 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6824 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 6825 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 6826 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 6827 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 6828 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 6829 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 6830 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6831 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6832 } 6833 6834 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 6835 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 6836 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 6837 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 6838 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 6839 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 6840 } 6841 6842 } else { 6843 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 6844 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 6845 6846 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6847 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 6848 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 6849 // because of templates, which means that the previous 6850 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 6851 6852 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 6853 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6854 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 6855 6856 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 6857 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 6858 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 6859 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 6860 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 6861 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 6862 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDeclaration()); 6863 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 6864 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 6865 } 6866 } 6867 } 6868 } 6869 } 6870 6871 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 6872 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6873 // C++-specific checks. 6874 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6875 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 6876 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 6877 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6878 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 6879 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 6880 6881 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 6882 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 6883 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 6884 DeclarationName Name 6885 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 6886 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 6887 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 6888 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 6889 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6890 return Redeclaration; 6891 } 6892 } 6893 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 6894 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6895 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 6896 } 6897 6898 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 6899 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6900 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 6901 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 6902 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 6903 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 6904 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 6905 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6906 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 6907 } 6908 } 6909 } 6910 6911 if (Method->isStatic()) 6912 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 6913 } 6914 6915 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6916 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6917 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6918 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6919 return Redeclaration; 6920 } 6921 6922 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6923 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6924 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6925 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6926 return Redeclaration; 6927 } 6928 6929 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6930 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6931 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6932 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6933 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6934 6935 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6936 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6937 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6938 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6939 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6940 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6941 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6942 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6943 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6944 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6945 } 6946 } 6947 6948 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6949 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6950 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6951 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 6952 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 6953 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6954 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 6955 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 6956 << NewFD << R; 6957 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 6958 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6959 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 6960 } 6961 } 6962 return Redeclaration; 6963 } 6964 6965 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6966 const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6967 if (!TSI) 6968 return SourceRange(); 6969 6970 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 6971 FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 6972 if (!FunctionTL) 6973 return SourceRange(); 6974 6975 TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc(); 6976 if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>()) 6977 return ResultTL.getSourceRange(); 6978 6979 return SourceRange(); 6980 } 6981 6982 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 6983 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 6984 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 6985 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 6986 // appear in a declaration of main. 6987 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 6988 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 6989 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6990 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6991 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 6992 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6993 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 6994 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 6995 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 6996 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 6997 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 6998 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, 6999 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 7000 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 7001 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 7002 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 7003 } 7004 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 7005 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 7006 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 7007 FD->setConstexpr(false); 7008 } 7009 7010 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7011 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7012 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7013 7014 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 7015 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7016 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 7017 // set the flag which tells us that. 7018 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 7019 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7020 7021 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 7022 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 7023 // implicit-return-zero rule. 7024 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7025 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 7026 7027 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7028 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7029 Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 7030 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7031 7032 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 7033 } else { 7034 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7035 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7036 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 7037 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7038 else 7039 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 7040 7041 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7042 } 7043 7044 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 7045 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 7046 7047 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 7048 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 7049 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 7050 7051 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 7052 7053 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 7054 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 7055 // getting shifty. 7056 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 7057 HasExtraParameters = false; 7058 7059 if (HasExtraParameters) { 7060 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 7061 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7062 nparams = 3; 7063 } 7064 7065 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 7066 // if we had some location information about types. 7067 7068 QualType CharPP = 7069 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 7070 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 7071 7072 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 7073 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 7074 7075 bool mismatch = true; 7076 7077 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 7078 mismatch = false; 7079 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 7080 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 7081 // char const ** 7082 // char const * const * 7083 // char * const * 7084 7085 QualifierCollector qs; 7086 const PointerType* PT; 7087 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7088 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7089 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 7090 Context.CharTy)) { 7091 qs.removeConst(); 7092 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 7093 } 7094 } 7095 7096 if (mismatch) { 7097 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 7098 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 7099 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7100 } 7101 } 7102 7103 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7104 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 7105 } 7106 7107 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7108 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 7109 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7110 } 7111 } 7112 7113 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 7114 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 7115 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 7116 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 7117 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 7118 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 7119 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 7120 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 7121 // rules there don't matter.) 7122 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 7123 return false; 7124 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 7125 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7126 return true; 7127 } 7128 7129 namespace { 7130 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 7131 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 7132 class SelfReferenceChecker 7133 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 7134 Sema &S; 7135 Decl *OrigDecl; 7136 bool isRecordType; 7137 bool isPODType; 7138 bool isReferenceType; 7139 7140 public: 7141 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 7142 7143 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 7144 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 7145 isPODType = false; 7146 isRecordType = false; 7147 isReferenceType = false; 7148 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 7149 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 7150 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 7151 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 7152 } 7153 } 7154 7155 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 7156 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 7157 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 7158 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 7159 if (isReferenceType) 7160 return; 7161 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7162 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 7163 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7164 return; 7165 } 7166 7167 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 7168 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 7169 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 7170 return; 7171 } 7172 7173 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 7174 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7175 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7176 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 7177 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7178 return; 7179 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7180 } 7181 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 7182 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7183 return; 7184 } 7185 } 7186 7187 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 7188 // bad, not just r-value uses. 7189 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 7190 if (isReferenceType) 7191 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 7192 } 7193 7194 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 7195 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 7196 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 7197 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7198 7199 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 7200 } 7201 7202 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 7203 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 7204 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 7205 7206 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 7207 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 7208 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 7209 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 7210 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7211 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7212 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7213 Warn = false; 7214 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7215 } 7216 7217 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 7218 if (Warn) 7219 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7220 return; 7221 } 7222 7223 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 7224 // Visit that expression. 7225 Visit(Base); 7226 } 7227 7228 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 7229 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 7230 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 7231 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7232 7233 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 7234 } 7235 7236 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 7237 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 7238 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 7239 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 7240 if (!isPODType) 7241 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7242 return; 7243 } 7244 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 7245 } 7246 7247 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 7248 7249 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 7250 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 7251 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 7252 unsigned diag; 7253 if (isReferenceType) { 7254 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 7255 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 7256 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 7257 } else { 7258 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 7259 } 7260 7261 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 7262 S.PDiag(diag) 7263 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 7264 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 7265 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 7266 } 7267 }; 7268 7269 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 7270 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 7271 bool DirectInit) { 7272 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 7273 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 7274 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 7275 return; 7276 7277 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 7278 7279 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 7280 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 7281 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 7282 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 7283 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 7284 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 7285 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 7286 return; 7287 7288 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 7289 } 7290 } 7291 7292 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 7293 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 7294 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 7295 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 7296 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7297 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 7298 // the initializer. 7299 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7300 return; 7301 7302 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7303 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 7304 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 7305 // Thus this grotesque test. 7306 IntegerLiteral *IL; 7307 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 7308 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 7309 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 7310 else { 7311 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 7312 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 7313 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 7314 } 7315 return; 7316 } 7317 7318 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 7319 if (!VDecl) { 7320 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 7321 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 7322 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7323 return; 7324 } 7325 7326 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 7327 7328 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 7329 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7330 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 7331 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 7332 // contains exactly one expression. 7333 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7334 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 7335 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 7336 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 7337 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 7338 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 7339 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7340 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7341 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7342 return; 7343 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 7344 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 7345 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 7346 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7347 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7348 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7349 return; 7350 } else { 7351 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 7352 } 7353 } 7354 7355 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 7356 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 7357 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 7358 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7359 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7360 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7361 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7362 return; 7363 } 7364 Init = Result.take(); 7365 DefaultedToAuto = true; 7366 } 7367 7368 QualType DeducedType; 7369 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 7370 DAR_Failed) 7371 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 7372 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 7373 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7374 return; 7375 } 7376 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 7377 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 7378 7379 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 7380 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 7381 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7382 7383 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 7384 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 7385 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 7386 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 7387 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 7388 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 7389 SourceLocation Loc = 7390 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 7391 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 7392 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 7393 } 7394 7395 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 7396 // the previously declared type. 7397 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 7398 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*OldWasHidden*/ false); 7399 7400 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 7401 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 7402 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7403 return; 7404 } 7405 7406 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 7407 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 7408 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 7409 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7410 return; 7411 } 7412 7413 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 7414 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 7415 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 7416 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 7417 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 7418 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 7419 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 7420 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 7421 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7422 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7423 return; 7424 } 7425 7426 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7427 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 7428 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7429 AbstractVariableType)) 7430 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7431 } 7432 7433 const VarDecl *Def; 7434 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 7435 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7436 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7437 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7438 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7439 return; 7440 } 7441 7442 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 7443 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7444 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 7445 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 7446 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7447 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 7448 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 7449 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 7450 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 7451 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 7452 // 7453 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 7454 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 7455 // declaration with an initializer. 7456 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 7457 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7458 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7459 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7460 return; 7461 } 7462 7463 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 7464 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7465 7466 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 7467 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7468 return; 7469 } 7470 } 7471 7472 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 7473 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 7474 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 7475 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 7476 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7477 return; 7478 } 7479 7480 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 7481 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 7482 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 7483 7484 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 7485 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 7486 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 7487 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7488 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7489 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7490 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7491 return; 7492 } 7493 Init = Result.take(); 7494 } 7495 7496 // Perform the initialization. 7497 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7498 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 7499 InitializationKind Kind 7500 = DirectInit ? 7501 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 7502 Init->getLocStart(), 7503 Init->getLocEnd()) 7504 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 7505 VDecl->getLocation()) 7506 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 7507 Init->getLocStart()); 7508 7509 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 7510 if (CXXDirectInit) 7511 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 7512 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 7513 7514 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 7515 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 7516 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7517 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7518 return; 7519 } 7520 7521 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7522 } 7523 7524 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 7525 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 7526 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 7527 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 7528 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 7529 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 7530 } 7531 7532 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 7533 // completed by the initializer. For example: 7534 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 7535 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 7536 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 7537 VDecl->setType(DclT); 7538 7539 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7540 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 7541 7542 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7543 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 7544 7545 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 7546 // Although this code can still have problems: 7547 // id x = self.weakProp; 7548 // id y = self.weakProp; 7549 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 7550 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 7551 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 7552 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 7553 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 7554 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 7555 Init->getLocStart()); 7556 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7557 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 7558 } 7559 } 7560 7561 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 7562 // 7563 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 7564 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 7565 // full-expression. For instance, in: 7566 // 7567 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 7568 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 7569 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 7570 // 7571 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 7572 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 7573 false, 7574 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 7575 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7576 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7577 return; 7578 } 7579 Init = Result.take(); 7580 7581 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 7582 VDecl->setInit(Init); 7583 7584 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 7585 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 7586 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 7587 // C++ does not have this restriction. 7588 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 7589 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7590 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7591 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 7592 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 7593 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 7594 // 7595 // struct S { 7596 // static const int value = 17; 7597 // }; 7598 7599 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 7600 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 7601 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 7602 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 7603 // 7604 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 7605 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 7606 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7607 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 7608 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 7609 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 7610 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 7611 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 7612 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 7613 7614 // Do nothing on dependent types. 7615 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 7616 7617 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 7618 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 7619 // type. 7620 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 7621 7622 // Require constness. 7623 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 7624 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 7625 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7626 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7627 7628 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 7629 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7630 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 7631 SourceLocation Loc; 7632 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 7633 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 7634 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 7635 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 7636 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 7637 ; // Nothing to check. 7638 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 7639 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 7640 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7641 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 7642 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 7643 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7644 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7645 } else { 7646 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 7647 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 7648 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7649 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7650 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7651 } 7652 7653 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 7654 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 7655 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 7656 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 7657 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 7658 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 7659 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7660 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7661 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 7662 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7663 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7664 } else { 7665 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 7666 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7667 7668 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7669 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7670 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7671 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7672 } 7673 } 7674 7675 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 7676 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 7677 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 7678 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 7679 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7680 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 7681 7682 } else { 7683 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 7684 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7685 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7686 } 7687 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 7688 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 7689 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 7690 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 7691 VDecl->isExternC()))) 7692 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 7693 7694 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 7695 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7696 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7697 else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 7698 !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() && 7699 !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() && 7700 !Init->isConstantInitializer( 7701 Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) { 7702 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 7703 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 7704 // initialization. 7705 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 7706 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init); 7707 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 7708 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 7709 } 7710 } 7711 7712 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 7713 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 7714 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 7715 // 7716 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 7717 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 7718 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 7719 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 7720 // special case code. 7721 7722 // C++ 8.5p11: 7723 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 7724 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 7725 // class type. 7726 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7727 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 7728 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7729 } else if (DirectInit) { 7730 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 7731 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 7732 } 7733 7734 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 7735 } 7736 7737 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 7738 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 7739 /// of sanity. 7740 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 7741 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 7742 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 7743 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7744 7745 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7746 if (!VD) return; 7747 7748 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 7749 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 7750 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7751 return; 7752 } 7753 7754 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 7755 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 7756 7757 // Require a complete type. 7758 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 7759 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 7760 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7761 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7762 return; 7763 } 7764 7765 // Require an abstract type. 7766 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 7767 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7768 AbstractVariableType)) { 7769 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7770 return; 7771 } 7772 7773 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 7774 // though. 7775 } 7776 7777 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 7778 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7779 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 7780 if (RealDecl == 0) 7781 return; 7782 7783 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7784 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 7785 7786 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 7787 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 7788 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 7789 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 7790 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7791 return; 7792 } 7793 7794 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 7795 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 7796 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 7797 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 7798 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 7799 // member. 7800 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7801 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 7802 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7803 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 7804 << Var->getDeclName(); 7805 else 7806 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 7807 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7808 return; 7809 } 7810 7811 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7812 case VarDecl::Definition: 7813 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 7814 break; 7815 7816 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 7817 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 7818 // a declaration. 7819 // 7820 // Fall through 7821 7822 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 7823 // It's only a declaration. 7824 7825 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 7826 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 7827 // object shall be complete. 7828 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 7829 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7830 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7831 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 7832 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7833 7834 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 7835 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7836 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7837 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7838 AbstractVariableType)) 7839 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7840 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7841 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 7842 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 7843 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 7844 } 7845 7846 return; 7847 7848 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 7849 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 7850 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 7851 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 7852 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 7853 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 7854 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 7855 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 7856 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 7857 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7858 ArrayT->getElementType(), 7859 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 7860 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7861 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7862 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 7863 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 7864 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 7865 // NOTE: code such as the following 7866 // static struct s; 7867 // struct s { int a; }; 7868 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 7869 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 7870 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 7871 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 7872 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7873 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 7874 } 7875 } 7876 7877 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 7878 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7879 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 7880 return; 7881 } 7882 7883 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7884 // definitions with incomplete array type. 7885 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 7886 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7887 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 7888 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7889 return; 7890 } 7891 7892 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7893 // definitions with reference type. 7894 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 7895 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 7896 << Var->getDeclName() 7897 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 7898 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7899 return; 7900 } 7901 7902 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 7903 // variable with dependent type. 7904 if (Type->isDependentType()) 7905 return; 7906 7907 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7908 return; 7909 7910 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7911 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 7912 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7913 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7914 return; 7915 } 7916 7917 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7918 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7919 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7920 AbstractVariableType)) { 7921 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7922 return; 7923 } 7924 7925 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 7926 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 7927 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 7928 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 7929 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 7930 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 7931 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 7932 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 7933 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 7934 // types and is declared without an initializer. 7935 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7936 if (const RecordType *Record 7937 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7938 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 7939 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 7940 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 7941 // incompatibilities with C++98. 7942 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 7943 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7944 } 7945 } 7946 7947 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 7948 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 7949 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 7950 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 7951 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 7952 // type shall have a user-declared default 7953 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 7954 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 7955 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 7956 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 7957 // program is ill-formed. 7958 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 7959 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 7960 // default-initialized; [...]. 7961 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 7962 InitializationKind Kind 7963 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 7964 7965 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 7966 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 7967 if (Init.isInvalid()) 7968 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7969 else if (Init.get()) { 7970 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 7971 // This is important for template substitution. 7972 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7973 } 7974 7975 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 7976 } 7977 } 7978 7979 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 7980 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7981 if (!VD) { 7982 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 7983 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7984 return; 7985 } 7986 7987 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 7988 7989 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 7990 int Error = -1; 7991 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 7992 case SC_None: 7993 break; 7994 case SC_Extern: 7995 Error = 0; 7996 break; 7997 case SC_Static: 7998 Error = 1; 7999 break; 8000 case SC_PrivateExtern: 8001 Error = 2; 8002 break; 8003 case SC_Auto: 8004 Error = 3; 8005 break; 8006 case SC_Register: 8007 Error = 4; 8008 break; 8009 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 8010 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 8011 } 8012 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 8013 Error = 5; 8014 if (Error != -1) { 8015 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 8016 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 8017 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8018 } 8019 } 8020 8021 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 8022 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8023 8024 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 8025 // local retaining variable. 8026 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8027 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8028 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 8029 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8030 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8031 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8032 break; 8033 8034 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8035 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8036 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8037 break; 8038 } 8039 } 8040 8041 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 8042 var->isExternallyVisible() && 8043 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 8044 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 8045 var->getLocation())) { 8046 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 8047 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 8048 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 8049 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 8050 8051 if (!prev) 8052 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 8053 } 8054 8055 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8056 var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 8057 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 8058 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 8059 // have a non-trivial destructor. 8060 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 8061 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8062 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8063 } 8064 8065 // All the following checks are C++ only. 8066 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 8067 8068 QualType type = var->getType(); 8069 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 8070 8071 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 8072 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8073 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 8074 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 8075 8076 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 8077 // constructing this copy. 8078 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 8079 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 8080 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 8081 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 8082 ExprResult result 8083 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 8084 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 8085 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 8086 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 8087 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 8088 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8089 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 8090 } 8091 } 8092 } 8093 8094 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 8095 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 8096 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 8097 8098 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8099 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 8100 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 8101 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 8102 var->getLocation()) 8103 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 8104 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 8105 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 8106 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8107 8108 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 8109 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 8110 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 8111 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 8112 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 8113 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 8114 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 8115 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 8116 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 8117 Notes.clear(); 8118 } 8119 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 8120 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 8121 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 8122 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 8123 } 8124 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 8125 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 8126 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 8127 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 8128 var->checkInitIsICE(); 8129 } 8130 } 8131 8132 // Require the destructor. 8133 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 8134 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 8135 } 8136 8137 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 8138 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 8139 void 8140 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 8141 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 8142 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 8143 8144 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 8145 if (!VD) 8146 return; 8147 8148 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 8149 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8150 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 8151 if (!DC->isRecord() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 8152 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 8153 8154 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 8155 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 8156 8157 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 8158 // tag values. 8159 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 8160 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 8161 return; 8162 8163 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 8164 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 8165 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 8166 I != E; ++I) { 8167 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 8168 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 8169 continue; 8170 } 8171 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 8172 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 8173 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8174 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 8175 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8176 continue; 8177 } 8178 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 8179 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8180 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 8181 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8182 continue; 8183 } 8184 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 8185 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 8186 MagicValue, 8187 I->getMatchingCType(), 8188 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 8189 I->getMustBeNull()); 8190 } 8191 } 8192 8193 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 8194 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 8195 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 8196 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 8197 8198 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 8199 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 8200 8201 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 8202 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 8203 Decls.push_back(D); 8204 8205 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) 8206 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) 8207 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 8208 8209 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 8210 DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 8211 } 8212 8213 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 8214 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 8215 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 8216 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 8217 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8218 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 8219 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 8220 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 8221 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 8222 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 8223 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 8224 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 8225 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 8226 QualType Deduced; 8227 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 8228 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 8229 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 8230 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 8231 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 8232 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 8233 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 8234 break; 8235 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 8236 if (!U.isNull()) { 8237 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 8238 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 8239 Deduced = U; 8240 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 8241 DeducedDecl = D; 8242 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 8243 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 8244 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 8245 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 8246 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 8247 << U << D->getDeclName() 8248 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 8249 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 8250 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8251 break; 8252 } 8253 } 8254 } 8255 } 8256 } 8257 8258 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 8259 8260 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 8261 } 8262 8263 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 8264 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 8265 } 8266 8267 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 8268 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 8269 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 8270 return; 8271 8272 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 8273 Group[0]->getLocation()) 8274 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 8275 return; 8276 8277 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 8278 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 8279 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 8280 // additional declaration references: 8281 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 8282 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 8283 // 'struct S *pS;' 8284 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 8285 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 8286 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 8287 Group++; 8288 NumDecls--; 8289 } 8290 } 8291 8292 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 8293 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 8294 if (!Comments.empty() && 8295 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 8296 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 8297 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 8298 // 8299 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 8300 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 8301 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 8302 // ahead through comments. 8303 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 8304 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 8305 } 8306 } 8307 8308 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 8309 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 8310 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 8311 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 8312 8313 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 8314 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 8315 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 8316 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 8317 StorageClass = SC_Register; 8318 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8319 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 8320 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 8321 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 8322 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8323 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 8324 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 8325 } 8326 8327 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8328 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 8329 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8330 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 8331 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 8332 << 0; 8333 8334 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 8335 8336 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8337 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 8338 8339 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8340 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 8341 // parameter. 8342 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 8343 8344 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 8345 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8346 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 8347 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8348 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 8349 } 8350 } 8351 8352 // Ensure we have a valid name 8353 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 8354 if (D.hasName()) { 8355 II = D.getIdentifier(); 8356 if (!II) { 8357 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 8358 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 8359 D.setInvalidType(true); 8360 } 8361 } 8362 8363 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 8364 if (II) { 8365 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 8366 ForRedeclaration); 8367 LookupName(R, S); 8368 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 8369 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 8370 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8371 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8372 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 8373 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8374 PrevDecl = 0; 8375 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 8376 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 8377 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8378 8379 // Recover by removing the name 8380 II = 0; 8381 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8382 D.setInvalidType(true); 8383 } 8384 } 8385 } 8386 8387 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 8388 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 8389 // looking like class members in C++. 8390 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 8391 D.getLocStart(), 8392 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 8393 parmDeclType, TInfo, 8394 StorageClass); 8395 8396 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8397 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8398 8399 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 8400 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 8401 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 8402 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 8403 8404 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 8405 S->AddDecl(New); 8406 if (II) 8407 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 8408 8409 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 8410 8411 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8412 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8413 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 8414 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8415 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8416 8417 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8418 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 8419 } 8420 return New; 8421 } 8422 8423 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 8424 /// typedef. 8425 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 8426 SourceLocation Loc, 8427 QualType T) { 8428 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 8429 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 8430 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 8431 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 8432 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 8433 SC_None, 0); 8434 Param->setImplicit(); 8435 return Param; 8436 } 8437 8438 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8439 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 8440 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 8441 // will already have done so in the template itself. 8442 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 8443 return; 8444 8445 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8446 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 8447 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 8448 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 8449 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 8450 } 8451 } 8452 } 8453 8454 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8455 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 8456 QualType ReturnTy, 8457 NamedDecl *D) { 8458 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 8459 return; 8460 8461 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8462 // threshold. 8463 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 8464 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 8465 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8466 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 8467 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 8468 } 8469 8470 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8471 // threshold. 8472 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8473 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 8474 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 8475 continue; 8476 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 8477 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8478 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 8479 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 8480 } 8481 } 8482 8483 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8484 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 8485 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 8486 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 8487 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 8488 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8489 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 8490 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 8491 8492 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 8493 8494 // Special cases for arrays: 8495 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 8496 // - otherwise, it's an error 8497 if (T->isArrayType()) { 8498 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 8499 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 8500 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 8501 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 8502 } 8503 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 8504 } else { 8505 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 8506 } 8507 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 8508 } 8509 8510 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 8511 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 8512 TSInfo, 8513 StorageClass, 0); 8514 8515 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 8516 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 8517 // the class has been completely parsed. 8518 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 8519 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8520 AbstractParamType)) 8521 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8522 8523 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 8524 // passed by reference. 8525 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 8526 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 8527 Diag(NameLoc, 8528 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 8529 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 8530 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 8531 New->setType(T); 8532 } 8533 8534 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 8535 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 8536 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 8537 // an address space. 8538 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 8539 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 8540 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8541 } 8542 8543 return New; 8544 } 8545 8546 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 8547 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 8548 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 8549 8550 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 8551 // for a K&R function. 8552 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 8553 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 8554 --i; 8555 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 8556 SmallString<256> Code; 8557 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 8558 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 8559 << ";\n"; 8560 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 8561 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 8562 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 8563 8564 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 8565 // type. 8566 AttributeFactory attrs; 8567 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 8568 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 8569 unsigned DiagID; // unused 8570 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 8571 PrevSpec, DiagID); 8572 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 8573 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8574 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8575 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 8576 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8577 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 8578 } 8579 } 8580 } 8581 } 8582 8583 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 8584 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 8585 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 8586 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 8587 8588 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 8589 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 8590 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 8591 } 8592 8593 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 8594 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8595 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 8596 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8597 return false; 8598 8599 // Or declarations that aren't global. 8600 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 8601 return false; 8602 8603 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 8604 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 8605 return false; 8606 8607 // Don't warn about 'main'. 8608 if (FD->isMain()) 8609 return false; 8610 8611 // Don't warn about inline functions. 8612 if (FD->isInlined()) 8613 return false; 8614 8615 // Don't warn about function templates. 8616 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8617 return false; 8618 8619 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 8620 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 8621 return false; 8622 8623 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 8624 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 8625 return false; 8626 8627 bool MissingPrototype = true; 8628 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 8629 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 8630 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 8631 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 8632 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8633 continue; 8634 8635 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 8636 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 8637 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 8638 break; 8639 } 8640 8641 return MissingPrototype; 8642 } 8643 8644 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8645 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 8646 // was an extern inline function. 8647 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 8648 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 8649 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 8650 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 8651 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 8652 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 8653 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 8654 else 8655 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 8656 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8657 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8658 } 8659 } 8660 8661 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 8662 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 8663 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 8664 8665 if (!D) 8666 return D; 8667 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8668 8669 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8670 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8671 else 8672 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8673 8674 // Enter a new function scope 8675 PushFunctionScope(); 8676 8677 // See if this is a redefinition. 8678 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 8679 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 8680 8681 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 8682 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8683 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 8684 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 8685 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 8686 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8687 } 8688 } 8689 8690 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 8691 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 8692 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 8693 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 8694 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8695 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 8696 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 8697 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8698 8699 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 8700 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 8701 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 8702 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 8703 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 8704 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 8705 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 8706 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 8707 8708 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8709 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 8710 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 8711 TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo(); 8712 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 8713 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 8714 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 8715 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 8716 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 8717 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 8718 } 8719 } 8720 8721 if (FnBodyScope) 8722 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 8723 8724 // Check the validity of our function parameters 8725 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8726 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 8727 8728 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 8729 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 8730 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 8731 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 8732 8733 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 8734 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 8735 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 8736 8737 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 8738 } 8739 } 8740 8741 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 8742 // introduce them into the function scope. 8743 if (FnBodyScope) { 8744 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 8745 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 8746 NamedDecl *D = *I; 8747 8748 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 8749 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 8750 // and reattach to the current context. 8751 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 8752 // Is the decl actually in the context? 8753 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 8754 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 8755 if (*DI == D) { 8756 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 8757 break; 8758 } 8759 } 8760 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 8761 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8762 } 8763 8764 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 8765 if (!D->getName().empty()) 8766 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8767 8768 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 8769 // accessible in this scope. 8770 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 8771 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 8772 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 8773 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8774 } 8775 } 8776 } 8777 8778 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 8779 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 8780 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 8781 8782 // Checking attributes of current function definition 8783 // dllimport attribute. 8784 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 8785 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 8786 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 8787 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 8788 if (!DA->isInherited() && 8789 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 8790 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8791 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 8792 << "dllimport"; 8793 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8794 return D; 8795 } 8796 8797 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 8798 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 8799 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 8800 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 8801 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 8802 // emitted. 8803 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8804 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 8805 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 8806 } 8807 } 8808 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 8809 // a function template). 8810 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 8811 return D; 8812 } 8813 8814 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 8815 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 8816 /// optimization. 8817 /// 8818 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 8819 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 8820 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 8821 /// use the named return value optimization. 8822 /// 8823 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 8824 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 8825 /// the NRVO variable. 8826 /// 8827 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 8828 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 8829 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 8830 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 8831 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 8832 8833 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 8834 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 8835 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8836 return; 8837 8838 if (!NRVOCandidate) 8839 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 8840 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8841 return; 8842 } 8843 8844 if (NRVOCandidate) 8845 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 8846 } 8847 8848 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 8849 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 8850 return false; 8851 8852 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 8853 return true; 8854 8855 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8856 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8857 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8858 else 8859 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8860 8861 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 8862 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 8863 // rest of the file. 8864 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 8865 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 8866 return !FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType(); 8867 } 8868 8869 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 8870 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 8871 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8872 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 8873 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8874 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 8875 } 8876 8877 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 8878 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 8879 } 8880 8881 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 8882 bool IsInstantiation) { 8883 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8884 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 8885 if (FunTmpl) 8886 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8887 else 8888 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 8889 8890 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 8891 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 8892 8893 if (FD) { 8894 FD->setBody(Body); 8895 8896 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 8897 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8898 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 8899 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 8900 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 8901 if (!FD->getResultType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 8902 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 8903 << FD->getResultType(); 8904 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8905 } else { 8906 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 8907 TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(). 8908 IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getResultLoc(); 8909 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 8910 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 8911 } 8912 } 8913 8914 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 8915 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 8916 // is the first declaration. 8917 if (FD->getPreviousDecl() != 0 && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 8918 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 8919 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 8920 else if (FD->isInlined() && 8921 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 8922 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 8923 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 8924 } 8925 8926 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 8927 // don't complain about missing return statements. 8928 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 8929 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 8930 8931 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 8932 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 8933 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 8934 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 8935 8936 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8937 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 8938 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8939 FD->getResultType(), FD); 8940 8941 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 8942 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 8943 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 8944 8945 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 8946 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 8947 // to deduce an implicit return type. 8948 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 8949 !FD->isDependentContext()) 8950 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8951 } 8952 8953 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 8954 "Function parsing confused"); 8955 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 8956 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 8957 MD->setBody(Body); 8958 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8959 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 8960 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 8961 MD->getResultType(), MD); 8962 8963 if (Body) 8964 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8965 } 8966 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 8967 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 8968 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 8969 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 8970 } 8971 } else { 8972 return 0; 8973 } 8974 8975 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 8976 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 8977 "handled in the block above."); 8978 8979 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 8980 if (Body) { 8981 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 8982 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 8983 // Verify this. 8984 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 8985 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 8986 8987 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 8988 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 8989 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 8990 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 8991 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 8992 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 8993 8994 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 8995 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 8996 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 8997 8998 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 8999 Destructor->getParent()); 9000 } 9001 9002 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9003 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9004 // deletion in some later function. 9005 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 9006 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 9007 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9008 } 9009 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 9010 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 9011 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 9012 // enabled. 9013 ActivePolicy = &WP; 9014 } 9015 9016 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9017 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 9018 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 9019 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9020 9021 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 9022 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 9023 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 9024 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 9025 } 9026 9027 if (!IsInstantiation) 9028 PopDeclContext(); 9029 9030 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 9031 9032 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9033 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9034 // deletion in some later function. 9035 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 9036 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9037 } 9038 9039 return dcl; 9040 } 9041 9042 9043 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 9044 /// relevant Decl. 9045 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 9046 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 9047 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 9048 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 9049 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 9050 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 9051 9052 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 9053 if (Method->isStatic()) 9054 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 9055 } 9056 9057 9058 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 9059 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 9060 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 9061 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 9062 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 9063 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 9064 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 9065 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 9066 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 9067 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 9068 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) { 9069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 9070 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9071 return Pos->second; 9072 } 9073 9074 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 9075 unsigned diag_id; 9076 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9077 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 9078 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 9079 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 9080 else 9081 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 9082 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 9083 9084 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 9085 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 9086 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 9087 TypoCorrection Corrected; 9088 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 9089 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 9090 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 9091 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 9092 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 9093 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 9094 9095 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 9096 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 9097 9098 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 9099 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9100 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 9101 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 9102 } 9103 } 9104 9105 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 9106 const char *Dummy; 9107 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 9108 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 9109 unsigned DiagID; 9110 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 9111 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 9112 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 9113 SourceLocation NoLoc; 9114 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 9115 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 9116 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 9117 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9118 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 9119 /*NumArgs=*/0, 9120 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 9121 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9122 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 9123 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 9124 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9125 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9126 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9127 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 9128 EST_None, 9129 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 9130 /*Exceptions=*/0, 9131 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 9132 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 9133 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 9134 Loc, Loc, D), 9135 DS.getAttributes(), 9136 SourceLocation()); 9137 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 9138 9139 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 9140 9141 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 9142 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9143 9144 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 9145 FD->setImplicit(); 9146 9147 CurContext = PrevDC; 9148 9149 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 9150 9151 return FD; 9152 } 9153 9154 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 9155 /// the declaration of this function. 9156 /// 9157 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 9158 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 9159 /// like NSLog or printf. 9160 /// 9161 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 9162 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 9163 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9164 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9165 return; 9166 9167 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 9168 // actual attributes. 9169 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9170 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 9171 unsigned FormatIdx; 9172 bool HasVAListArg; 9173 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 9174 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 9175 const char *fmt = "printf"; 9176 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 9177 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 9178 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9179 fmt = "NSString"; 9180 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9181 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 9182 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9183 } 9184 } 9185 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 9186 HasVAListArg)) { 9187 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9188 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9189 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 9190 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9191 } 9192 9193 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 9194 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 9195 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 9196 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 9197 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 9198 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9199 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9200 } 9201 9202 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 9203 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 9204 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9205 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 9206 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9207 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9208 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9209 } 9210 9211 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 9212 if (!Name) 9213 return; 9214 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9215 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 9216 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 9217 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 9218 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 9219 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 9220 // about. 9221 } else 9222 return; 9223 9224 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 9225 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 9226 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 9227 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9228 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9229 "printf", 2, 9230 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 9231 } 9232 9233 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 9234 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 9235 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 9236 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 9237 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 9238 } 9239 } 9240 9241 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 9242 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 9243 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 9244 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 9245 9246 if (!TInfo) { 9247 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 9248 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 9249 } 9250 9251 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 9252 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 9253 D.getLocStart(), 9254 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 9255 D.getIdentifier(), 9256 TInfo); 9257 9258 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 9259 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 9260 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 9261 return NewTD; 9262 } 9263 9264 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 9265 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9266 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9267 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 9268 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9269 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9270 else 9271 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 9272 } 9273 9274 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 9275 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 9276 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 9277 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 9278 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 9279 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 9280 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 9281 case TST_enum: 9282 case TST_struct: 9283 case TST_interface: 9284 case TST_union: 9285 case TST_class: { 9286 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 9287 9288 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 9289 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 9290 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 9291 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 9292 9293 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 9294 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 9295 9296 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 9297 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 9298 break; 9299 9300 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 9301 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 9302 break; 9303 } 9304 9305 default: 9306 break; 9307 } 9308 9309 return NewTD; 9310 } 9311 9312 9313 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 9314 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 9315 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9316 QualType T = TI->getType(); 9317 9318 if (T->isDependentType()) 9319 return false; 9320 9321 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 9322 if (BT->isInteger()) 9323 return false; 9324 9325 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 9326 return true; 9327 } 9328 9329 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 9330 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 9331 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 9332 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 9333 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 9334 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 9335 9336 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 9337 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 9338 << Prev->isScoped(); 9339 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9340 return true; 9341 } 9342 9343 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 9344 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 9345 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 9346 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 9347 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 9348 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 9349 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 9350 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9351 return true; 9352 } 9353 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 9354 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 9355 << Prev->isFixed(); 9356 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9357 return true; 9358 } 9359 9360 return false; 9361 } 9362 9363 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 9364 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 9365 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 9366 /// 9367 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 9368 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 9369 switch (Tag) { 9370 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 9371 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 9372 case TTK_Class: return 2; 9373 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 9374 } 9375 } 9376 9377 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 9378 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 9379 /// 9380 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 9381 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 9382 { 9383 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 9384 } 9385 9386 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 9387 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 9388 /// 9389 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 9390 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 9391 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 9392 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 9393 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 9394 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 9395 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 9396 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 9397 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 9398 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 9399 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 9400 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 9401 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 9402 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 9403 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 9404 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 9405 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 9406 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 9407 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 9408 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 9409 if (OldTag == NewTag) 9410 return true; 9411 9412 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 9413 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 9414 bool isTemplate = false; 9415 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 9416 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9417 9418 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9419 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 9420 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 9421 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9422 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9423 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9424 return true; 9425 } 9426 9427 if (isDefinition) { 9428 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 9429 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 9430 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9431 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 9432 return true; 9433 } 9434 9435 bool previousMismatch = false; 9436 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 9437 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 9438 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 9439 if (!previousMismatch) { 9440 previousMismatch = true; 9441 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 9442 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9443 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 9444 } 9445 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9446 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 9447 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 9448 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 9449 } 9450 } 9451 return true; 9452 } 9453 9454 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 9455 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 9456 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 9457 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 9458 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 9459 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 9460 return true; 9461 } 9462 9463 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9464 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9465 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9466 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9467 9468 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 9469 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9470 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9471 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 9472 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 9473 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 9474 } 9475 9476 return true; 9477 } 9478 return false; 9479 } 9480 9481 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 9482 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 9483 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 9484 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 9485 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 9486 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 9487 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 9488 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 9489 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 9490 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 9491 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 9492 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 9493 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 9494 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 9495 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 9496 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 9497 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 9498 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 9499 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 9500 9501 OwnedDecl = false; 9502 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 9503 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 9504 9505 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 9506 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 9507 bool Invalid = false; 9508 9509 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 9510 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 9511 // for non-C++ cases. 9512 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 9513 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 9514 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 9515 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 9516 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 9517 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9518 TUK == TUK_Friend, 9519 isExplicitSpecialization, 9520 Invalid)) { 9521 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9522 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 9523 return 0; 9524 } 9525 9526 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 9527 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 9528 // be a member of another template). 9529 9530 if (Invalid) 9531 return 0; 9532 9533 OwnedDecl = false; 9534 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 9535 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 9536 TemplateParams, AS, 9537 ModulePrivateLoc, 9538 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 9539 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9540 return Result.get(); 9541 } else { 9542 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 9543 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 9544 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 9545 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 9546 } 9547 } 9548 } 9549 9550 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 9551 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 9552 // redeclaration. 9553 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 9554 9555 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9556 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 9557 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 9558 // type, default to int. 9559 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9560 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 9561 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 9562 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 9563 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 9564 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 9565 EnumUnderlying = TI; 9566 9567 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 9568 // Recover by falling back to int. 9569 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9570 9571 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 9572 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 9573 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9574 9575 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9576 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 9577 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9578 } 9579 9580 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 9581 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 9582 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 9583 9584 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 9585 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 9586 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 9587 9588 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 9589 9590 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9591 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 9592 9593 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 9594 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 9595 Name = 0; 9596 goto CreateNewDecl; 9597 } 9598 9599 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 9600 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 9601 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9602 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 9603 if (!DC) { 9604 IsDependent = true; 9605 return 0; 9606 } 9607 } else { 9608 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 9609 if (!DC) { 9610 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 9611 << SS.getRange(); 9612 return 0; 9613 } 9614 } 9615 9616 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 9617 return 0; 9618 9619 SearchDC = DC; 9620 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 9621 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 9622 9623 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9624 return 0; 9625 9626 if (Previous.empty()) { 9627 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 9628 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 9629 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 9630 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 9631 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 9632 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 9633 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 9634 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9635 IsDependent = true; 9636 return 0; 9637 } 9638 9639 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 9640 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 9641 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 9642 Name = 0; 9643 Invalid = true; 9644 goto CreateNewDecl; 9645 } 9646 } else if (Name) { 9647 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 9648 // declaration or definition. 9649 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 9650 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 9651 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 9652 LookupName(Previous, S); 9653 9654 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 9655 // by types using'ed into this scope. 9656 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 9657 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 9658 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 9659 while (F.hasNext()) { 9660 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 9661 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 9662 F.erase(); 9663 } 9664 F.done(); 9665 } 9666 9667 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 9668 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 9669 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 9670 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 9671 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 9672 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 9673 // 9674 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 9675 // semantic context? 9676 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9677 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 9678 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 9679 while (F.hasNext()) { 9680 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 9681 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9682 if (DC->isFileContext() && !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) 9683 F.erase(); 9684 } 9685 F.done(); 9686 } 9687 9688 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 9689 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9690 return 0; 9691 9692 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 9693 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 9694 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 9695 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 9696 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 9697 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 9698 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9699 } 9700 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 9701 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 9702 // initial context to the translation unit. 9703 // FIXME: [citation needed] 9704 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9705 } 9706 9707 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 9708 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 9709 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9710 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9711 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9712 Previous.clear(); 9713 } 9714 9715 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 9716 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 9717 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 9718 isStdBadAlloc = true; 9719 9720 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 9721 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 9722 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 9723 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 9724 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 9725 } 9726 } 9727 9728 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 9729 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 9730 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 9731 // there's a shadow friend decl. 9732 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 9733 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9734 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 9735 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 9736 9737 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9738 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 9739 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 9740 // 9741 // class-key identifier 9742 // 9743 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 9744 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 9745 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 9746 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 9747 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 9748 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 9749 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 9750 // declaration. 9751 // 9752 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 9753 // C structs and unions. 9754 // 9755 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 9756 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 9757 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 9758 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 9759 // 9760 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 9761 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 9762 // 9763 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 9764 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 9765 // lexical context, 9766 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9767 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9768 9769 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 9770 while (S->isClassScope() || 9771 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9772 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 9773 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 9774 (S->getEntity() && 9775 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 9776 S = S->getParent(); 9777 } else { 9778 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 9779 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 9780 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 9781 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 9782 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 9783 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 9784 } 9785 9786 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 9787 // diagnose some problems. 9788 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9789 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 9790 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 9791 } 9792 } 9793 9794 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9795 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 9796 9797 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 9798 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 9799 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 9800 // in C++. 9801 // 9802 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 9803 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 9804 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 9805 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 9806 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9807 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9808 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 9809 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 9810 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 9811 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 9812 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 9813 PrevDecl = Tag; 9814 Previous.clear(); 9815 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 9816 Previous.resolveKind(); 9817 } 9818 } 9819 } 9820 } 9821 9822 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9823 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 9824 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 9825 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 9826 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 9827 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9828 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 9829 // struct or something similar. 9830 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 9831 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 9832 *Name)) { 9833 bool SafeToContinue 9834 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 9835 Kind != TTK_Enum); 9836 if (SafeToContinue) 9837 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 9838 << Name 9839 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 9840 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 9841 else 9842 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 9843 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9844 9845 if (SafeToContinue) 9846 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 9847 else { 9848 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 9849 Name = 0; 9850 Previous.clear(); 9851 Invalid = true; 9852 } 9853 } 9854 9855 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 9856 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 9857 9858 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 9859 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 9860 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9861 if (ScopedEnum) 9862 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 9863 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 9864 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 9865 return PrevTagDecl; 9866 } 9867 9868 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 9869 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9870 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 9871 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 9872 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 9873 9874 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 9875 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 9876 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 9877 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 9878 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 9879 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 9880 } 9881 9882 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 9883 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 9884 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 9885 // and then later defined. 9886 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 9887 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 9888 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 9889 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9890 } 9891 9892 if (!Invalid) { 9893 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 9894 9895 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 9896 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 9897 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 9898 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 9899 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 9900 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 9901 return PrevTagDecl; 9902 9903 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 9904 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9905 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 9906 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 9907 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 9908 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 9909 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 9910 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 9911 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 9912 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9913 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9914 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9915 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 9916 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9917 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9918 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9919 } 9920 9921 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 9922 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 9923 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 9924 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 9925 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 9926 else 9927 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 9928 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9929 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 9930 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 9931 // references get the previous definition. 9932 Name = 0; 9933 Previous.clear(); 9934 Invalid = true; 9935 } 9936 } else { 9937 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 9938 // about a nested redefinition. 9939 const TagType *Tag 9940 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 9941 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9942 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 9943 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 9944 diag::note_previous_definition); 9945 Name = 0; 9946 Previous.clear(); 9947 Invalid = true; 9948 } 9949 } 9950 9951 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 9952 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 9953 } 9954 } 9955 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 9956 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 9957 9958 } else { 9959 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 9960 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 9961 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 9962 // have distinct types. 9963 Previous.clear(); 9964 } 9965 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 9966 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 9967 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 9968 9969 9970 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 9971 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 9972 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 9973 } else { 9974 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 9975 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 9976 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 9977 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 9978 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 9979 unsigned Kind = 0; 9980 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9981 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9982 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9983 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 9984 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 9985 Invalid = true; 9986 9987 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 9988 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 9989 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9990 // do nothing 9991 9992 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 9993 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9994 unsigned Kind = 0; 9995 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9996 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9997 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9998 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 9999 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10000 Invalid = true; 10001 10002 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 10003 // case here. 10004 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10005 unsigned Kind = 0; 10006 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10007 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 10008 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 10009 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10010 Invalid = true; 10011 10012 // Otherwise, diagnose. 10013 } else { 10014 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 10015 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 10016 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 10017 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10018 Name = 0; 10019 Invalid = true; 10020 } 10021 10022 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 10023 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 10024 Previous.clear(); 10025 } 10026 } 10027 10028 CreateNewDecl: 10029 10030 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10031 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 10032 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 10033 10034 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 10035 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 10036 // keyword. 10037 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 10038 10039 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 10040 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 10041 // PrevDecl. 10042 TagDecl *New; 10043 10044 bool IsForwardReference = false; 10045 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10046 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10047 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 10048 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10049 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 10050 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 10051 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 10052 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 10053 TagDecl *Def; 10054 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 10055 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 10056 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 10057 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 10058 } 10059 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 10060 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 10061 << New; 10062 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10063 } else { 10064 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 10065 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 10066 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 10067 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10068 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 10069 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 10070 10071 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 10072 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 10073 // the declaration context. 10074 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 10075 IsForwardReference = true; 10076 } 10077 } 10078 10079 if (EnumUnderlying) { 10080 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 10081 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10082 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 10083 else 10084 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 10085 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 10086 } 10087 10088 } else { 10089 // struct/union/class 10090 10091 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10092 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 10093 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10094 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 10095 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10096 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10097 10098 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 10099 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 10100 } else 10101 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10102 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10103 } 10104 10105 // Maybe add qualifier info. 10106 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10107 if (SS.isSet()) { 10108 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 10109 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 10110 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 10111 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 10112 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 10113 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 10114 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 10115 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 10116 Invalid = true; 10117 10118 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 10119 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 10120 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 10121 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 10122 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10123 } 10124 } 10125 else 10126 Invalid = true; 10127 } 10128 10129 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 10130 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 10131 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 10132 // 10133 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 10134 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 10135 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 10136 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 10137 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 10138 // parsing of the struct). 10139 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10140 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 10141 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 10142 } 10143 } 10144 10145 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 10146 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 10147 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 10148 << 2 10149 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 10150 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 10151 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 10152 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 10153 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10154 New->setModulePrivate(); 10155 } 10156 10157 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 10158 // check the specialization. 10159 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 10160 Invalid = true; 10161 10162 if (Invalid) 10163 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10164 10165 if (Attr) 10166 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10167 10168 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 10169 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 10170 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10171 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 10172 10173 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 10174 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 10175 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10176 10177 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 10178 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 10179 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 10180 // the tag name visible. 10181 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 10182 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 10183 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 10184 10185 // Set the access specifier. 10186 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 10187 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 10188 10189 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 10190 New->startDefinition(); 10191 10192 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10193 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10194 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 10195 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 10196 if (PrevDecl) 10197 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 10198 10199 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10200 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10201 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 10202 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 10203 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 10204 } else if (Name) { 10205 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10206 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 10207 if (IsForwardReference) 10208 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10209 10210 } else { 10211 CurContext->addDecl(New); 10212 } 10213 10214 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 10215 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 10216 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 10217 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 10218 II->isStr("FILE")) 10219 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 10220 10221 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 10222 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 10223 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10224 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 10225 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 10226 10227 if (PrevDecl) 10228 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 10229 10230 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 10231 // record. 10232 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 10233 10234 OwnedDecl = true; 10235 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 10236 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 10237 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 10238 } 10239 10240 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10241 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10242 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10243 10244 // Enter the tag context. 10245 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 10246 10247 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 10248 10249 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 10250 // record. 10251 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 10252 } 10253 10254 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 10255 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 10256 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 10257 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 10258 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 10259 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 10260 CurContext = OCD; 10261 return IDecl; 10262 } 10263 10264 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 10265 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 10266 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 10267 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10268 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 10269 10270 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 10271 10272 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 10273 return; 10274 10275 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 10276 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 10277 10278 // C++ [class]p2: 10279 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 10280 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 10281 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 10282 // as if it were a public member name. 10283 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 10284 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 10285 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 10286 Record->getIdentifier(), 10287 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 10288 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 10289 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 10290 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 10291 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 10292 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 10293 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 10294 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 10295 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 10296 "Broken injected-class-name"); 10297 } 10298 10299 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 10300 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 10301 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10302 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10303 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 10304 10305 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10306 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10307 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 10308 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10309 RD->completeDefinition(); 10310 } 10311 10312 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 10313 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 10314 10315 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 10316 PopDeclContext(); 10317 10318 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10319 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 10320 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 10321 10322 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 10323 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 10324 } 10325 10326 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 10327 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 10328 PopDeclContext(); 10329 } 10330 10331 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10332 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 10333 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 10334 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 10335 } 10336 10337 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10338 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 10339 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 10340 } 10341 10342 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10343 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10344 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10345 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 10346 10347 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10348 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10349 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10350 RD->completeDefinition(); 10351 } 10352 10353 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 10354 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 10355 // the FieldCollector. 10356 10357 PopDeclContext(); 10358 } 10359 10360 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 10361 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 10362 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 10363 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 10364 bool *ZeroWidth) { 10365 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 10366 if (ZeroWidth) 10367 *ZeroWidth = true; 10368 10369 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 10370 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 10371 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10372 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 10373 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 10374 return ExprError(); 10375 if (FieldName) 10376 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 10377 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10378 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 10379 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10380 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 10381 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 10382 return ExprError(); 10383 10384 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 10385 // it now. 10386 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 10387 return Owned(BitWidth); 10388 10389 llvm::APSInt Value; 10390 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 10391 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 10392 return ICE; 10393 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 10394 10395 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 10396 *ZeroWidth = false; 10397 10398 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 10399 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 10400 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 10401 10402 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 10403 if (FieldName) 10404 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10405 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 10406 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10407 << Value.toString(10); 10408 } 10409 10410 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 10411 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 10412 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 10413 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10414 if (FieldName) 10415 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10416 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10417 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10418 10419 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10420 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10421 } 10422 10423 if (FieldName) 10424 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10425 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10426 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10427 else 10428 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10429 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10430 } 10431 } 10432 10433 return Owned(BitWidth); 10434 } 10435 10436 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 10437 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 10438 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 10439 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 10440 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 10441 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 10442 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 10443 return Res; 10444 } 10445 10446 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 10447 /// 10448 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 10449 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10450 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 10451 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10452 AccessSpecifier AS) { 10453 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10454 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10455 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10456 10457 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10458 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10459 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10460 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10461 10462 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 10463 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 10464 D.setInvalidType(); 10465 T = Context.IntTy; 10466 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 10467 } 10468 } 10469 10470 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 10471 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 10472 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 10473 D.setInvalidType(); 10474 } 10475 10476 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 10477 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 10478 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 10479 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 10480 D.setInvalidType(); 10481 } 10482 10483 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 10484 10485 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10486 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10487 diag::err_invalid_thread) 10488 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10489 10490 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 10491 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10492 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 10493 LookupName(Previous, S); 10494 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 10495 case LookupResult::Found: 10496 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 10497 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 10498 break; 10499 10500 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 10501 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 10502 break; 10503 10504 case LookupResult::NotFound: 10505 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 10506 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 10507 break; 10508 } 10509 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 10510 10511 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10512 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10513 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10514 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10515 PrevDecl = 0; 10516 } 10517 10518 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 10519 PrevDecl = 0; 10520 10521 bool Mutable 10522 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 10523 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 10524 FieldDecl *NewFD 10525 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 10526 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 10527 10528 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 10529 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10530 10531 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10532 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 10533 10534 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 10535 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 10536 // with the same name in the same scope. 10537 } else if (II) { 10538 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 10539 } else 10540 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 10541 10542 return NewFD; 10543 } 10544 10545 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 10546 /// 10547 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 10548 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 10549 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 10550 /// created. 10551 /// 10552 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 10553 /// 10554 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 10555 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 10556 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 10557 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 10558 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 10559 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10560 SourceLocation TSSL, 10561 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 10562 Declarator *D) { 10563 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 10564 bool InvalidDecl = false; 10565 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 10566 10567 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 10568 // marking this declaration as invalid. 10569 if (T.isNull()) { 10570 InvalidDecl = true; 10571 T = Context.IntTy; 10572 } 10573 10574 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 10575 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10576 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10577 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 10578 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10579 InvalidDecl = true; 10580 } else { 10581 NamedDecl *Def; 10582 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 10583 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 10584 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10585 InvalidDecl = true; 10586 } 10587 } 10588 } 10589 10590 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 10591 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10592 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 10593 InvalidDecl = true; 10594 } 10595 10596 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10597 // than a variably modified type. 10598 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10599 bool SizeIsNegative; 10600 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 10601 10602 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 10603 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 10604 SizeIsNegative, 10605 Oversized); 10606 if (FixedTInfo) { 10607 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 10608 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 10609 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 10610 } else { 10611 if (SizeIsNegative) 10612 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 10613 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 10614 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 10615 << Oversized.toString(10); 10616 else 10617 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 10618 InvalidDecl = true; 10619 } 10620 } 10621 10622 // Fields can not have abstract class types 10623 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 10624 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10625 AbstractFieldType)) 10626 InvalidDecl = true; 10627 10628 bool ZeroWidth = false; 10629 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 10630 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 10631 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 10632 if (!BitWidth) { 10633 InvalidDecl = true; 10634 BitWidth = 0; 10635 ZeroWidth = false; 10636 } 10637 } 10638 10639 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 10640 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 10641 unsigned DiagID = 0; 10642 if (T->isReferenceType()) 10643 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 10644 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 10645 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 10646 10647 if (DiagID) { 10648 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 10649 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 10650 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 10651 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 10652 Mutable = false; 10653 InvalidDecl = true; 10654 } 10655 } 10656 10657 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 10658 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 10659 if (InvalidDecl) 10660 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10661 10662 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10663 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10664 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10665 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10666 } 10667 10668 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10669 if (Record->isUnion()) { 10670 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10671 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10672 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10673 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 10674 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 10675 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 10676 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 10677 // objects. 10678 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 10679 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10680 } 10681 } 10682 10683 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 10684 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 10685 // enabled. 10686 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 10687 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 10688 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 10689 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 10690 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 10691 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 10692 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10693 } 10694 } 10695 } 10696 10697 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 10698 // representation, not a parser representation. 10699 if (D) { 10700 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 10701 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 10702 10703 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 10704 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 10705 } 10706 10707 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 10708 // retainable type. 10709 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 10710 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10711 10712 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 10713 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 10714 10715 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 10716 return NewFD; 10717 } 10718 10719 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 10720 assert(FD); 10721 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 10722 10723 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10724 return true; 10725 10726 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10727 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10728 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10729 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10730 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 10731 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 10732 // copy constructors. 10733 10734 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 10735 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 10736 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 10737 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 10738 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 10739 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 10740 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 10741 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 10742 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 10743 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 10744 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 10745 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 10746 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 10747 member = CXXDestructor; 10748 10749 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 10750 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 10751 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 10752 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 10753 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 10754 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 10755 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 10756 // members unavailable. 10757 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 10758 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 10759 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 10760 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 10761 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10762 return false; 10763 } 10764 } 10765 10766 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 10767 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 10768 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 10769 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 10770 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 10771 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 10772 } 10773 } 10774 } 10775 10776 return false; 10777 } 10778 10779 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 10780 /// AST enum value. 10781 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 10782 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 10783 switch (ivarVisibility) { 10784 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 10785 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 10786 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 10787 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 10788 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 10789 } 10790 } 10791 10792 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 10793 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 10794 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 10795 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10796 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 10797 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 10798 10799 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10800 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 10801 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10802 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10803 10804 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 10805 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 10806 10807 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10808 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10809 10810 if (BitWidth) { 10811 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 10812 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 10813 if (!BitWidth) 10814 D.setInvalidType(); 10815 } else { 10816 // Not a bitfield. 10817 10818 // validate II. 10819 10820 } 10821 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 10822 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 10823 D.setInvalidType(); 10824 } 10825 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10826 // than a variably modified type. 10827 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10828 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 10829 D.setInvalidType(); 10830 } 10831 10832 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 10833 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 10834 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 10835 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 10836 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 10837 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 10838 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10839 return 0; 10840 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 10841 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10842 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10843 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 10844 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 10845 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 10846 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 10847 } 10848 else 10849 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10850 } else { 10851 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10852 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10853 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 10854 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 10855 return 0; 10856 } 10857 } 10858 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10859 } 10860 10861 // Construct the decl. 10862 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 10863 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 10864 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 10865 10866 if (II) { 10867 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 10868 ForRedeclaration); 10869 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 10870 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10871 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10872 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10873 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10874 } 10875 } 10876 10877 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 10878 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 10879 10880 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10881 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10882 10883 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 10884 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 10885 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10886 10887 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10888 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 10889 10890 if (II) { 10891 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 10892 // these to the interface. 10893 S->AddDecl(NewID); 10894 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 10895 } 10896 10897 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 10898 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 10899 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 10900 10901 return NewID; 10902 } 10903 10904 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 10905 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 10906 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 10907 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 10908 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 10909 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 10910 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 10911 return; 10912 10913 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 10914 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 10915 10916 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 10917 return; 10918 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 10919 if (!ID) { 10920 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 10921 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 10922 return; 10923 } 10924 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 10925 else 10926 return; 10927 } 10928 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 10929 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 10930 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 10931 10932 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 10933 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 10934 Context.CharTy, 10935 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 10936 DeclLoc), 10937 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 10938 true); 10939 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 10940 } 10941 10942 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 10943 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 10944 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 10945 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 10946 AttributeList *Attr) { 10947 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 10948 10949 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 10950 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 10951 // it will now change. 10952 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10953 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10954 switch (DC->getKind()) { 10955 default: break; 10956 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 10957 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10958 break; 10959 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 10960 Context. 10961 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10962 break; 10963 } 10964 } 10965 10966 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10967 10968 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 10969 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 10970 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 10971 if (Record) { 10972 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 10973 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 10974 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 10975 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 10976 ++NumNamedMembers; 10977 } 10978 } 10979 10980 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 10981 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 10982 10983 bool ARCErrReported = false; 10984 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 10985 i != end; ++i) { 10986 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 10987 10988 // Get the type for the field. 10989 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 10990 10991 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 10992 // Remember all fields written by the user. 10993 RecFields.push_back(FD); 10994 } 10995 10996 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 10997 // diagnostics about it. 10998 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10999 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11000 continue; 11001 } 11002 11003 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 11004 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 11005 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 11006 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 11007 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 11008 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 11009 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 11010 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 11011 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 11012 // array. 11013 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 11014 // Field declared as a function. 11015 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 11016 << FD->getDeclName(); 11017 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11018 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11019 continue; 11020 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 11021 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 11022 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 11023 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 11024 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 11025 // Flexible array member. 11026 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 11027 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 11028 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 11029 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 11030 if (Record->isUnion()) 11031 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 11032 << FD->getDeclName(); 11033 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11034 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 11035 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11036 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11037 if (Record->isUnion()) 11038 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 11039 << FD->getDeclName(); 11040 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11041 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 11042 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11043 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 11044 if (Record->isUnion()) 11045 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 11046 << FD->getDeclName(); 11047 else 11048 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 11049 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11050 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 11051 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 11052 << FD->getDeclName(); 11053 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11054 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11055 continue; 11056 } 11057 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 11058 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 11059 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 11060 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11061 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11062 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11063 continue; 11064 } 11065 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 11066 if (Record) 11067 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11068 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 11069 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11070 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11071 // Incomplete type 11072 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11073 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11074 continue; 11075 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11076 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 11077 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 11078 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 11079 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11080 } else { 11081 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 11082 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 11083 // structures. 11084 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 11085 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 11086 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11087 else { 11088 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 11089 // other structs as an extension. 11090 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 11091 << FD->getDeclName(); 11092 if (Record) 11093 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11094 } 11095 } 11096 } 11097 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 11098 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11099 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11100 AbstractIvarType)) { 11101 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 11102 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11103 } 11104 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11105 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11106 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 11107 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11108 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 11109 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 11110 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 11111 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 11112 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 11113 FD->setType(T); 11114 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 11115 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 11116 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 11117 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 11118 // so we just make the field unavailable. 11119 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 11120 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 11121 QualType T = FD->getType(); 11122 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 11123 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 11124 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 11125 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 11126 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 11127 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 11128 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 11129 } 11130 } else { 11131 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 11132 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 11133 } 11134 ARCErrReported = true; 11135 } 11136 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 11137 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 11138 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 11139 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11140 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 11141 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11142 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 11143 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11144 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 11145 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11146 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11147 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11148 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 11149 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11150 } 11151 } 11152 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 11153 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11154 // Keep track of the number of named members. 11155 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 11156 ++NumNamedMembers; 11157 } 11158 11159 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 11160 if (Record) { 11161 bool Completed = false; 11162 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 11163 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 11164 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 11165 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 11166 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 11167 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 11168 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 11169 11170 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 11171 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 11172 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 11173 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11174 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 11175 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 11176 11177 // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body 11178 // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as 11179 // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor. 11180 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) 11181 CheckDestructor(CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 11182 } 11183 11184 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 11185 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 11186 11187 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 11188 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 11189 // problem now. 11190 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 11191 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 11192 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 11193 11194 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 11195 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 11196 M != MEnd; ++M) { 11197 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 11198 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 11199 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 11200 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 11201 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 11202 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 11203 continue; 11204 11205 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 11206 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 11207 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 11208 // program is ill-formed. 11209 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 11210 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 11211 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 11212 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 11213 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 11214 OM = SO->second.begin(), 11215 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 11216 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 11217 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 11218 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 11219 11220 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11221 } 11222 } 11223 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 11224 Completed = true; 11225 } 11226 } 11227 } 11228 } 11229 11230 if (!Completed) 11231 Record->completeDefinition(); 11232 11233 if (Record->hasAttrs()) 11234 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 11235 11236 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a language extension. 11237 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11238 bool ZeroSize = true; 11239 bool UnnamedOnly = true; 11240 unsigned UnnamedCnt = 0; 11241 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 11242 E = Record->field_end(); UnnamedOnly && I != E; ++I) { 11243 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 11244 UnnamedCnt++; 11245 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 11246 ZeroSize = false; 11247 } else { 11248 UnnamedOnly = ZeroSize = false; 11249 } 11250 } 11251 11252 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but are allowed in 11253 // C++. 11254 if (ZeroSize) { 11255 if (UnnamedCnt == 0) 11256 Diag(RecLoc, diag::warn_empty_struct_union_compat) << Record->isUnion(); 11257 else 11258 Diag(RecLoc, diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) << Record->isUnion(); 11259 } 11260 11261 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but 11262 // are accepted by GCC. 11263 if (UnnamedOnly) { 11264 if (UnnamedCnt == 0) 11265 Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_empty_struct_union) << Record->isUnion(); 11266 else 11267 Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) << Record->isUnion(); 11268 } 11269 } 11270 } else { 11271 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 11272 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 11273 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11274 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 11275 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 11276 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11277 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 11278 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 11279 } 11280 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 11281 // duplicates. 11282 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 11283 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 11284 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 11285 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11286 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 11287 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 11288 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 11289 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 11290 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 11291 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 11292 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 11293 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 11294 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 11295 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11296 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 11297 // reported as errors elsewhere. 11298 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 11299 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 11300 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 11301 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 11302 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 11303 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11304 if (IDecl) { 11305 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 11306 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 11307 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 11308 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 11309 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11310 continue; 11311 } 11312 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 11313 Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(), 11314 ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end(); 11315 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 11316 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 11317 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 11318 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 11319 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 11320 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11321 continue; 11322 } 11323 } 11324 } 11325 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 11326 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 11327 } 11328 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 11329 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 11330 } 11331 } 11332 11333 if (Attr) 11334 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 11335 } 11336 11337 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 11338 /// the given type T. 11339 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 11340 llvm::APSInt &Value, 11341 QualType T) { 11342 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11343 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 11344 11345 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 11346 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 11347 --BitWidth; 11348 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 11349 } 11350 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 11351 } 11352 11353 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 11354 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 11355 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 11356 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 11357 // enum checking below. 11358 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11359 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 11360 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11361 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 11362 }; 11363 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11364 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 11365 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 11366 }; 11367 11368 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 11369 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 11370 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 11371 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 11372 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 11373 return Types[I]; 11374 11375 return QualType(); 11376 } 11377 11378 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 11379 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 11380 SourceLocation IdLoc, 11381 IdentifierInfo *Id, 11382 Expr *Val) { 11383 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11384 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 11385 QualType EltTy; 11386 11387 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 11388 Val = 0; 11389 11390 if (Val) 11391 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 11392 11393 if (Val) { 11394 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 11395 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11396 else { 11397 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 11398 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 11399 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11400 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 11401 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 11402 // constant expression of the underlying type. 11403 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11404 ExprResult Converted = 11405 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 11406 CCEK_Enumerator); 11407 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 11408 Val = 0; 11409 else 11410 Val = Converted.take(); 11411 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 11412 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 11413 &EnumVal).take())) { 11414 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 11415 } else { 11416 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11417 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11418 11419 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 11420 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 11421 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 11422 // expression checking. 11423 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11424 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11425 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11426 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11427 } else 11428 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11429 } else 11430 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11431 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11432 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 11433 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11434 // is the type of its initializing value: 11435 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 11436 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 11437 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11438 } else { 11439 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 11440 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 11441 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 11442 // representable as an int. 11443 11444 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 11445 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 11446 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 11447 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 11448 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 11449 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 11450 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 11451 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11452 } 11453 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11454 } 11455 } 11456 } 11457 } 11458 11459 if (!Val) { 11460 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 11461 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11462 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 11463 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 11464 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11465 // is the type of its initializing value: 11466 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 11467 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 11468 // 11469 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 11470 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 11471 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11472 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11473 } 11474 else { 11475 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 11476 } 11477 } else { 11478 // Assign the last value + 1. 11479 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11480 ++EnumVal; 11481 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 11482 11483 // Check for overflow on increment. 11484 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 11485 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 11486 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11487 // is the type of its initializing value: 11488 // 11489 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 11490 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 11491 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 11492 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 11493 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 11494 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 11495 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 11496 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 11497 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 11498 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 11499 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11500 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 11501 ++EnumVal; 11502 if (Enum->isFixed()) 11503 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 11504 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 11505 << EnumVal.toString(10) 11506 << EltTy; 11507 else 11508 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 11509 << EnumVal.toString(10); 11510 } else { 11511 EltTy = T; 11512 } 11513 11514 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 11515 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 11516 // value, then increment. 11517 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11518 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 11519 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 11520 ++EnumVal; 11521 11522 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 11523 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 11524 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 11525 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 11526 // integral type. 11527 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 11528 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 11529 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11530 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11531 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 11532 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 11533 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 11534 } 11535 } 11536 } 11537 11538 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11539 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 11540 // enumerator's type. 11541 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 11542 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 11543 } 11544 11545 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 11546 Val, EnumVal); 11547 } 11548 11549 11550 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 11551 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 11552 AttributeList *Attr, 11553 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 11554 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 11555 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 11556 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 11557 11558 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 11559 // we find one that is. 11560 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11561 11562 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 11563 // scope. 11564 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 11565 ForRedeclaration); 11566 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11567 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11568 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 11569 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11570 PrevDecl = 0; 11571 } 11572 11573 if (PrevDecl) { 11574 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 11575 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 11576 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 11577 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 11578 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 11579 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11580 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 11581 else 11582 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 11583 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11584 return 0; 11585 } 11586 } 11587 11588 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 11589 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 11590 // different from T: 11591 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 11592 // enumerated type 11593 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 11594 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 11595 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 11596 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 11597 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 11598 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 11599 11600 EnumConstantDecl *New = 11601 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 11602 11603 if (New) { 11604 // Process attributes. 11605 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11606 11607 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 11608 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 11609 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 11610 } 11611 11612 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 11613 11614 return New; 11615 } 11616 11617 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 11618 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 11619 // Element2 = Element1 11620 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 11621 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 11622 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 11623 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 11624 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 11625 if (!InitExpr) 11626 return true; 11627 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 11628 11629 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 11630 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 11631 return true; 11632 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 11633 if (!IL) 11634 return true; 11635 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 11636 return true; 11637 11638 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 11639 } 11640 11641 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 11642 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 11643 if (!DRE) 11644 return true; 11645 11646 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 11647 if (!EnumConstant) 11648 return true; 11649 11650 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 11651 Enum) 11652 return true; 11653 11654 return false; 11655 } 11656 11657 struct DupKey { 11658 int64_t val; 11659 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 11660 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 11661 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 11662 }; 11663 11664 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 11665 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 11666 false); 11667 } 11668 11669 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 11670 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 11671 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 11672 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 11673 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 11674 } 11675 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 11676 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 11677 LHS.val == RHS.val; 11678 } 11679 }; 11680 11681 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 11682 // a previous element has already been set to. 11683 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 11684 EnumDecl *Enum, 11685 QualType EnumType) { 11686 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 11687 Enum->getLocation()) == 11688 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 11689 return; 11690 // Avoid anonymous enums 11691 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 11692 return; 11693 11694 // Only check for small enums. 11695 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 11696 return; 11697 11698 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 11699 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 11700 11701 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 11702 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 11703 ValueToVectorMap; 11704 11705 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 11706 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 11707 11708 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 11709 // an initialier. 11710 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11711 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11712 11713 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 11714 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 11715 if (!ECD) { 11716 return; 11717 } 11718 11719 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 11720 continue; 11721 11722 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11723 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11724 11725 // First time encountering this value. 11726 if (Entry.isNull()) 11727 Entry = ECD; 11728 } 11729 11730 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 11731 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11732 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11733 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 11734 continue; 11735 11736 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11737 11738 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11739 if (Entry.isNull()) 11740 continue; 11741 11742 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 11743 // Ensure constants are different. 11744 if (D == ECD) 11745 continue; 11746 11747 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 11748 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 11749 Vec->push_back(D); 11750 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11751 11752 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 11753 Entry = Vec; 11754 11755 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 11756 // diagnostics. 11757 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 11758 continue; 11759 } 11760 11761 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 11762 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 11763 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 11764 continue; 11765 11766 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11767 } 11768 11769 // Emit diagnostics. 11770 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 11771 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 11772 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 11773 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 11774 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 11775 11776 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 11777 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 11778 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 11779 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11780 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11781 ++I; 11782 11783 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 11784 // the same value. 11785 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 11786 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 11787 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11788 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11789 delete Vec; 11790 } 11791 } 11792 11793 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 11794 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 11795 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 11796 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 11797 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 11798 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 11799 11800 if (Attr) 11801 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 11802 11803 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 11804 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11805 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11806 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11807 if (!ECD) continue; 11808 11809 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11810 } 11811 11812 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 11813 return; 11814 } 11815 11816 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 11817 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 11818 // emit a warning. 11819 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11820 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 11821 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 11822 11823 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 11824 // reverse the list. 11825 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 11826 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 11827 11828 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 11829 bool AllElementsInt = true; 11830 11831 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11832 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11833 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11834 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11835 11836 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11837 11838 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 11839 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 11840 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 11841 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 11842 else 11843 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 11844 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 11845 11846 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 11847 if (AllElementsInt) 11848 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 11849 } 11850 11851 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 11852 QualType BestType; 11853 unsigned BestWidth; 11854 11855 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 11856 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 11857 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 11858 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 11859 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 11860 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 11861 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 11862 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 11863 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 11864 QualType BestPromotionType; 11865 11866 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 11867 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 11868 // enum definitions. 11869 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 11870 Packed = true; 11871 11872 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11873 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11874 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 11875 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 11876 else 11877 BestPromotionType = BestType; 11878 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 11879 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 11880 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 11881 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11882 } 11883 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 11884 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 11885 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 11886 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11887 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 11888 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 11889 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11890 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 11891 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 11892 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 11893 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11894 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 11895 BestType = Context.IntTy; 11896 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11897 } else { 11898 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 11899 11900 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 11901 BestType = Context.LongTy; 11902 } else { 11903 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11904 11905 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 11906 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 11907 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 11908 } 11909 } 11910 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 11911 } else { 11912 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 11913 // all of the enumerator values. 11914 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11915 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 11916 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 11917 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11918 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11919 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 11920 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 11921 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11922 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11923 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 11924 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 11925 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11926 BestPromotionType 11927 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11928 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 11929 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 11930 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 11931 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 11932 BestPromotionType 11933 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11934 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 11935 } else { 11936 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11937 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 11938 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 11939 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 11940 BestPromotionType 11941 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11942 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 11943 } 11944 } 11945 11946 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 11947 // the type of the enum if needed. 11948 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11949 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11950 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11951 11952 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 11953 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 11954 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 11955 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 11956 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 11957 11958 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 11959 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11960 11961 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 11962 // the enum decl type. 11963 QualType NewTy; 11964 unsigned NewWidth; 11965 bool NewSign; 11966 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11967 !Enum->isFixed() && 11968 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 11969 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 11970 NewWidth = IntWidth; 11971 NewSign = true; 11972 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 11973 // Already the right type! 11974 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11975 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11976 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11977 // enumeration. 11978 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11979 continue; 11980 } else { 11981 NewTy = BestType; 11982 NewWidth = BestWidth; 11983 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 11984 } 11985 11986 // Adjust the APSInt value. 11987 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 11988 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 11989 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 11990 11991 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 11992 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 11993 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 11994 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 11995 CK_IntegralCast, 11996 ECD->getInitExpr(), 11997 /*base paths*/ 0, 11998 VK_RValue)); 11999 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12000 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 12001 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 12002 // enumeration. 12003 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12004 else 12005 ECD->setType(NewTy); 12006 } 12007 12008 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 12009 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 12010 12011 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 12012 // it needs to go into the function scope. 12013 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 12014 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 12015 12016 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 12017 12018 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 12019 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 12020 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 12021 } 12022 12023 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 12024 SourceLocation StartLoc, 12025 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 12026 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 12027 12028 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12029 AsmString, StartLoc, 12030 EndLoc); 12031 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12032 return New; 12033 } 12034 12035 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 12036 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 12037 ModuleIdPath Path) { 12038 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 12039 Module::AllVisible, 12040 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 12041 if (!Mod) 12042 return true; 12043 12044 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 12045 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 12046 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 12047 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 12048 // We need the length to be consistent. 12049 if (!ModCheck) 12050 break; 12051 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 12052 12053 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 12054 } 12055 12056 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 12057 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 12058 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 12059 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 12060 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 12061 return Import; 12062 } 12063 12064 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 12065 // Create the implicit import declaration. 12066 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12067 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 12068 Loc, Mod, Loc); 12069 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 12070 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 12071 12072 // Make the module visible. 12073 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 12074 /*Complain=*/false); 12075 } 12076 12077 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12078 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 12079 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12080 SourceLocation NameLoc, 12081 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 12082 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 12083 LookupOrdinaryName); 12084 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 12085 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 12086 12087 if (PrevDecl) 12088 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 12089 else 12090 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12091 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 12092 } 12093 12094 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12095 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12096 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12097 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 12098 12099 if (PrevDecl) { 12100 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 12101 } else { 12102 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12103 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 12104 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 12105 } 12106 } 12107 12108 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12109 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 12110 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12111 SourceLocation NameLoc, 12112 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 12113 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 12114 LookupOrdinaryName); 12115 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 12116 12117 if (PrevDecl) { 12118 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 12119 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12120 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 12121 } else { 12122 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12123 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 12124 } 12125 } 12126 12127 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 12128 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 12129 } 12130 12131 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 12132 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 12133 return D->getAvailability(); 12134 } 12135